From f9e662abcd4764ed15dc598ff609d220e8382038 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karl Berry Date: Mon, 9 Jan 2006 00:33:43 +0000 Subject: texmf-dist/bibtex git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@71 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751 --- Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst | 1283 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst | 1340 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst | 1280 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst | 1105 ++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst | 1130 +++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst | 1273 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst | 1175 +++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst | 1309 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst | 1310 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst | 1309 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst | 1310 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst | 1162 +++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst | 201 ++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst | 1161 +++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst | 1442 +++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst | 1654 ++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst | 1684 +++++++++++++ .../texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst | 1292 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst | 1134 +++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst | 1205 +++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst | 1833 ++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst | 2020 +++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst | 1835 ++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst | 1673 ++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst | 1336 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst | 1490 +++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst | 1368 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst | 1202 +++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst | 986 ++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst | 1287 ++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst | 949 +++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst | 1056 ++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst | 1012 ++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst | 1468 +++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst | 1885 ++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst | 1943 ++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst | 1885 ++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst | 1889 ++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst | 1888 ++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst | 1890 ++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst | 1883 ++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst | 1877 ++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst | 2009 +++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst | 1885 ++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst | 2150 ++++++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst | 1144 +++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst | 163 ++ Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc | 2665 ++++++++++++++++++++ 48 files changed, 69430 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe') diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..629d4725341 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1283 @@ +%NAME: aaai-named.bst +% BibTeX `aaai-named' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09 +% This version was made by modifying the master file made by +% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) + +% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. +% Modifications Copyright 1988, Peter F. Patel-Schneider +% Copying of this file is authorized only if either +% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or +% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than +% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. +% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + +% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes, +% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is: +% pfps@spar.slb.com + +% Citation format: [author-last-name, year] +% [author-last-name and author-last-name, year] +% [author-last-name {\em et al.}, year] +% +% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one. +% +% This BibTeX style has support for short (year only) citations. This +% is done by having the citations actually look like +% \citename{name-info, }year +% The LaTeX style has to have the following +% \let\@internalcite\cite +% \def\cite{\def\citename##1{##1}\@internalcite} +% \def\shortcite{\def\citename##1{}\@internalcite} +% \def\@biblabel#1{\def\citename##1{##1}[#1]\hfill} +% which makes \shortcite the macro for short citations. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + + { title "t" change.case$ } + + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + 'year + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + + key empty$ not and + + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { et.al.char.used } + +FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used} +{ #0 'et.al.char.used := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + + numnames #1 = + { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ } + { numnames #2 = + { s #1 "{vv }{ll }and " format.name$ s #2 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ * + } + { s #1 "{vv }{ll }\bgroup \em et al.\egroup " format.name$ } + if$ + } + if$ + +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.organization.label + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.key.organization.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + + "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" * + year field.or.null purify$ * + 'label := + year field.or.null purify$ * + + sortify 'sort.label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} + +{ calc.label + sort.label + " " + * + type$ "book" = + + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + + * + + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'longest.label.width := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.sort.label sort.label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + sort.label 'last.sort.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * 'label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} + +{ et.al.char.used + { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + preamble$ empty$ + + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + + "\begin{thebibliography}{" "}" * write$ newline$ + +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c185c90fec1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1340 @@ +% BibTeX bibliography style `abstract' by David Kotz +% modifed from +% BibTeX standard bibliography style `alpha' + % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. + +% DFK added abstract, comment, keyword +ENTRY + { abstract + address + author + booktitle + chapter + comment + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + keyword + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +% DFK added after.quote to signify end of something not needing period +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block after.quote} + +% DFk added after.quote +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := + #4 'after.quote := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +% DFK added after.quote handling so no period is printed after quotes +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state after.quote = + { write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +% DFK added, variant of output +FUNCTION {output.quote} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + { output.nonnull + after.quote 'output.state :=} + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +% DFK changed to use cite$ for the label +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + cite$ write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +% DFK changed to not put period when after.quote +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ output.state after.quote = + 'skip$ + 'add.period$ + if$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + 'year + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + key empty$ not and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +% DFK added +FUNCTION {format.abstract} +{ abstract empty$ + { "" } + { "\begin{quote} {\bf Abstract:} " abstract * " \end{quote}" *} + if$ +} + +% DFK added +FUNCTION {format.keyword} +{ keyword empty$ + { "" } + { "\begin{quote} {\bf Keyword:} " keyword * " \end{quote}" *} + if$ +} + +% DFK added +FUNCTION {format.comment} +{ comment empty$ + { "" } + { "\begin{quote} {\bf Comment:} " comment * " \end{quote}" *} + if$ +} + +% DFK added +FUNCTION {dfk.stuff} +{ new.block + format.abstract output.quote +% new.block + format.keyword output.quote +% new.block + format.comment output.quote +} + +% DFK: added a call to dfk.stuff in all entry-type functions below + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + dfk.stuff + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { et.al.char.used } + +FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used} +{ #0 'et.al.char.used := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #1 > + { numnames #4 > + { #3 'namesleft := } + { numnames 'namesleft := } + if$ + #1 'nameptr := + "" + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr numnames = + { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { "{\etalchar{+}}" * + #1 'et.al.char.used := + } + { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ + numnames #4 > + { "{\etalchar{+}}" * + #1 'et.al.char.used := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ + duplicate$ text.length$ #2 < + { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.organization.label + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.key.organization.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$ + * + 'label := + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ + * + sortify 'sort.label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + sort.label + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + * + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * +% DFK throw away stuff above and use cite$ for sort key + pop$ + cite$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'longest.label.width := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.sort.label sort.label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + sort.label 'last.sort.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * 'label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ et.al.char.used + { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d0ec29f70ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1280 @@ +% BibTeX bibliography style `annotate' +% based on alpha. + +ENTRY + { address + annotate + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.annotate} +{ annotate empty$ + { "" } + { " \begin{quotation}\noindent " + annotate + * " \end{quotation} " * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + 'year + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + key empty$ not and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ + newline$ + +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ + newline$ + +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + + format.annotate write$ +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry + format.annotate write$ +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { et.al.char.used } + +FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used} +{ #0 'et.al.char.used := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #1 > + { numnames #4 > + { #3 'namesleft := } + { numnames 'namesleft := } + if$ + #1 'nameptr := + "" + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr numnames = + { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { "{\etalchar{+}}" * + #1 'et.al.char.used := + } + { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ + numnames #4 > + { "{\etalchar{+}}" * + #1 'et.al.char.used := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ + duplicate$ text.length$ #2 < + { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.organization.label + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.key.organization.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$ + * + 'label := + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ + * + sortify 'sort.label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + sort.label + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + * + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'longest.label.width := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.sort.label sort.label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + sort.label 'last.sort.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * 'label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ et.al.char.used + { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0cae6604c79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1105 @@ +% BibTeX standard bibliography style `plain' + % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. + +ENTRY + { address + annote + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ + "\begin{quotation}\noindent{\sc Key:\ }" cite$ * write$ + annote missing$ + 'skip$ + { "\\{\sc Annotation:\ }" write$ annote write$ } + if$ + "\end{quotation}" write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + 'year + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + key empty$ not and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..783d423f61b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1130 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Alan Rogers", +%%% version = "1.1", +%%% date = "June 27, 1992", +%%% filename = "apa.bst", +%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah, +%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112", +%%% checksum = "21129 1130 3156 23582", +%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu", +%%% supported = "no", +%%% docstring = "Adapted from apalike.bst. +%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...} +%%% ... +%%% \bibliographystyle{apa} +%%% ... +%%% This file incorporates features of Sake J. +%%% Hogeveen's `astron.bst' into`apalike.bst'. +%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes +%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in +%%% TeX's search path. +%%% +%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}', which +%%% generates references in short form. For +%%% example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would produce +%%% `Rogers (1992)'." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version) +% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a. +% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all +% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'. +% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical. +% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'. +% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst. +% +% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty). +% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels +% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately +% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma, +% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either +% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field. +% +% Editorial note: +% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly, +% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something +% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars, +% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better +% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for +% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical" +% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth +% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new +% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically +% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions +% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing +% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage. +% +% History: +% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik. +% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length +% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message. +% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a; +% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title; +% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month not used in apalike + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + " (" year * extra.label * ")" * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % there's no year + organization output % here so things + publisher output % are simpler + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR) +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR) +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * "}" * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +% Now that the label is right we sort for real, +% on sort.label then year then title. This is +% for the second sorting pass. +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8109d80d24e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1273 @@ +% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version) +% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a. +% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all +% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'. +% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical. +% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'. +% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst. +% +% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty). +% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels +% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately +% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma, +% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either +% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field. +% +% Editorial note: +% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly, +% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something +% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars, +% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better +% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for +% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical" +% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth +% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new +% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically +% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions +% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing +% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage. +% +% History: +% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik. +% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length +% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message. +% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a; +% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title; +% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i. +% Local modifications 10/89 -- Brian Reiser + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month not used in apalike + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {eho.special.output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { " " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { % add.period$ write$ + ": " write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { % add.period$ " " * write$ + ": " * write$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {eho.special.output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'eho.special.output.nonnull + if$ +} + +%% Added by Eric Ho on Wed Jan 10 20:13:56 1990 +%% A special patch for output.nonnull in book environment. + +FUNCTION {eho.output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ": " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +%% Added by Eric Ho on Wed Jan 10 20:13:56 1990 +%% A special patch for output in book environment. + +FUNCTION {eho.output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'eho.output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +%% Added by Eric Ho on Wed Jan 10 20:13:56 1990 +%% A special patch for output.check in book environment. + +FUNCTION {eho.output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'eho.output.nonnull + if$ +} + +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + " (" year * extra.label * ")" * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " \& " * t * } % changed from " and " for names -- BJR 10/5/89 + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +%% Added by Fri Jan 12 19:03:22 1990 on Fri Jan 12 19:03:27 1990 +%% Mainly to make sure that editors have initials before last names. + +FUNCTION {eho.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f.} {vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := %% initials first. + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " \& " * t * } % changed from " and " for names -- BJR 10/5/89 + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", Eds." * } % changed from ", editors" -- BJR 10/5/89 + { ", Ed." * } % changed from ", editor" -- BJR 10/5/89 + if$ + } + if$ +} + +%% Added by Eric Ho Fri Jan 12 19:11:12 1990 +%% Mainly to call eho.format.names instead of format.names and +%% to make Eds or Ed to be surrounded by pararentheses instead of preceeded by +%% a comma. + +FUNCTION {eho.format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor eho.format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (Eds.)" * } % changed from ", editors" -- BJR 10/5/89 + { " (Ed.)" * } % changed from ", editor" -- BJR 10/5/89 + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check +% { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } +% { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + { "(pp.\" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "(pp.\" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + ")." * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % changed from ":" for vol,pgs -- BJR 10/5/89 + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +%% Added by Eric Ho Fri Jan 12 19:17:37 1990 +%% Primarily to call eho.format.editors instead of format.editors. + +FUNCTION {eho.format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " eho.format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +%% Modified by Eric Ho on Wed Jan 10 20:30:11 1990 +%% Making it to call eho.output.check instead of output.check and eho.output +%% instead of output. + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence +% publisher "publisher" output.check +% address output +% switched order of publisher and address for book -- BJR 10/5/89 + address eho.output % Using eho.output instead of output. + publisher "publisher" eho.output.check % Using eho.output.check + % instead of output.check. + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +%% Modified by Eric Ho on Wed Jan 10 20:27:26 1990 +%% Making it to call eho.output.check instead of output.check and eho.output +%% instead of output. + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" eho.output.check % Using eho.output.check instead + % of output.check. + address eho.output % Using eho.output instead of output. + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +%% Modified by Eric Ho on Wed Jan 10 20:27:26 1990 +%% Making it to call eho.output.check instead of output.check and eho.output +%% instead of output. Also modified by Eric Ho on Fri Jan 12 +%% 19:21:59 1990 so as to call eho.format.in.ed.booktitle instead of the old +%% format.in.ed.booktitle. + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { eho.format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + % The above line is changed by Eric Ho on Fri Jan 12 + % 19:20:28 1990 so that it'll call eho.format.in.ed.booktitle instead + % of format.in.ed.booktitle. + + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages eho.special.output + new.sentence +% publisher "publisher" output.check +% address output +% switched order of publisher and address for incollection -- BJR 1/3/90 + address eho.output % Use eho.output instead of output. + publisher "publisher" eho.output.check % Use eho.output.check instead + % of output.check. + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { % format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + eho.format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages eho.special.output + address eho.special.output % for apalike + new.sentence % there's no year + organization eho.special.output % here so things + publisher eho.special.output % are simpler + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block +% format.title "title" output.check + format.btitle "title" output.check % change to ital title -- BJR + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } % " and " -- BJR 10/5/89 + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + ", " % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +% Now that the label is right we sort for real, +% on sort.label then year then title. This is +% for the second sorting pass. +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b8b6e881720 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@ +% Copyright (C) 1990 Sake J. Hogeveen. + +% This is ASTRON.BST, a BibTeX style for use with BibTeX version 0.99c. +% ASTRON.BST has to be used in conjunction with the LaTeX style ASTRON.STY. +% The use of both styles is documented in ASTDOC.TEX. + +% ASTRON.BST is an adaptation of APALIKE.BST by Oren Patashnik and Suzan King. + +% This style produces citations in the `author-year' format, which is widely +% used among astronomical journals. +% It supports two forms of citation: the \cite command produces: (Author, year) +% in the text; the \cite* command only: (year) . + +% The long an short citation trickery is adapted from NAMED.BST by +% Peter F. Patel-Schneider. + +% Copyright Notice: +% The files ASTRON.BST, ASTRON.STY, ASTDOC.TEX, ASTDOC.BIB, EXAMPLE.TEX, +% EXAMPLE.BIB, MNEMONIC.BIB, and TEMPLATE.BIB are a package. +% You may copy and distribute them freely for non-commercial purposes, +% provided that you keep the package together and this copyright notice +% in tact. +% You may not alter or modify the files; this helps to ensure that all +% distributions of ASTRON.BST and related files are the same. +% If you make any modifications, then you must give the files new names, +% other than the present. +% The author bears no responsibilities for errors in this document or +% the software it describes; and shall not be held liable for any indirect, +% incidental, or consequential damages. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month not used in apalike + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { ", " * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { ", " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull.extra} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { " " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { ", " * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { ", " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.extra} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull.extra + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check.extra} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull.extra + if$ +} + +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + ": " year * extra.label * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {boldface} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.ed.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (eds.)" * } + { " (ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors.extra} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.ed.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (eds.)" * } + { " (ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {first.page.number} +{ 't := + "" + { t "" = + { #0 } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "No." } + { "No." } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.page} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { "p.~" pages first.page.number * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { boldface ", " * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.page} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { boldface ", " * pages first.page.number * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "Chapt." } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "in " booktitle emphasize * } + { "in " format.editors.extra * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "in" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "in " + } + { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "in" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check.extra + format.vol.num.page output.extra + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.page output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block +% format.title "title" output.check +% new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block +% format.title "title" output.check +% new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + new.sentence % there's no year + organization output % here so things + publisher output % are simpler + address output % for apalike + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block +% format.title "title" output.check +% new.block + "Master's thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block +% format.btitle "title" output.check +% new.block + "Ph.D. thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} + +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} + +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} + +MACRO {apr} {"Apr,"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} + +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} + +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} + +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} + +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * "}" * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +% Now that the label is right we sort for real, +% on sort.label then year then title. This is +% for the second sorting pass. +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8942b0f6e4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1309 @@ +% This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the +% author-date citation system. It should be used in conjunction with the +% authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option. +% +% In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following +% works have been consulted: +% 1. British Standard 5605: "Citing publications by bibliographic +% references", 1978. +% 2. British Standard 1629: "Bibliographic references", 1976. +% (Note: There is now a 1989 edition.) +% 3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981. +% 4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University +% Press, 1981 (for abbreviations). +% 5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982. +% +% Discretion has been used in certain matters. In particular: +% - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and +% a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title" +% is roman while the "main publication title" is italic. +% - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of +% publication"; output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher". +% When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the +% form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization". Otherwise, +% it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the +% form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address" +% or "howpublished, address". +% - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the +% MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is +% equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER. MONTH is ignored for other documents +% that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else. +% - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that +% these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest +% (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite); +% the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629. +% When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS, +% it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of +% the part/article of interest; the information is put before the +% BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters". +% - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher), +% this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER +% refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4). +% If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers +% to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3). +% For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the +% BOOKTITLE. (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR, +% as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.) +% +% This file differs from authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst and authordate4.bst +% in that: +% - The titles of articles, journals and books are left in whatever +% combination of upper-case and lower-case appears in the .bib file. +% - Author's and editor's names are in roman. +% +% The combination of authordate1.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations +% of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}. +% When +% ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ... +% appears in the input file, +% ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ... +% appears in the final document. +% +% This file was developed from apalike.bst. It also uses code taken from +% acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst. +% +% David Rhead +% Cripps Computing Centre +% Nottingham University +% March 1990 +% + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.month.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { add.period$ write$ + month empty$ + { " " year * extra.label * "." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { add.period$ write$ + " " year * extra.label * "." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {boldface} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { t "others" = + { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { ", \& " * t * } % Butcher, pages + if$ % 186-189. + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > % Use ODWE abbrevs. + { " (eds)" * } % to avoid + { " (ed)" * } % ambiguity between + if$ % "editor" and + } % "edition". + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} % Nothing needs +{ title empty$ % doing here in + { "" } % authordate1.bst + { title } % or + if$ % authordate3.bst. +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title empty$ + { "" } % Don't change case + { title emphasize } % in + if$ % authordate1.bst +} % or + % authordate3.bst. +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.numberinseries} +{ number empty$ + { "" } + { number multi.page.check + { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { ", no. " number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number} % Chicago, pages +{ series empty$ % 450-451. + { volume empty$ + { " " } + { " Vol. " volume * } + if$ + } + { + volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series } + { series format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + { number empty$ + { series ", vol. " volume * * } + { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number} +{ series empty$ + { volume empty$ + { " " } + { " vol. " volume * } + if$ + } + { new.block + volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series } + { series format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + { number empty$ + { series ", vol. " volume * * } + { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook} % By the time the +{ pages empty$ % reader has read + { "" } % address, pub'r, + { pages multi.page.check % note (where the + { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % note may end with + { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect } % numbers), s/he + if$ % may not recognise + } % a number-range as + if$ % meaning pages. +} % Avoid ambiguity + % (Butcher, p.181). + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages} +{ volume empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { month } + if$ + } + { volume boldface field.or.null + number empty$ + { month empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" month * ")" * * } + if$ + } + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pagesinbook + { type empty$ + { "Chap." } + { type } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll} +{ chapter empty$ + { pages empty$ + { "{\em In:} " } + { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * } + if$ + } + { type empty$ + { "{\em Chap. " chapter * } + { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * } + if$ + pages empty$ + { " of:} " * } + { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} % Achieves effect +{ booktitle empty$ % shown in 16.51 + { "" } % of Chicago, at + { editor empty$ % expense of not + { format.chapter.pages.incoll % achieving effects + booktitle emphasize * } % shown in 16.50 + { format.chapter.pages.incoll % of Chicago, on + format.editors * ", " * % page 189 of + booktitle emphasize * } % Butcher and in + if$ % 4.4 of BS 1629. + } + if$ % Don't change +} % case. + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type % Don't change + } % case. + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Tech. rept." } % ODWE abbrevs. + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { } % Whatever was + { number tie.or.space.connect } % having its case + if$ % changed, leave +} % it alone. + +FUNCTION {format.addr.pub} +{ publisher empty$ + { "" } + { address empty$ + { "" } + { address ": " * } + if$ + publisher * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org} % If there's an +{ address empty$ % an organization + { publisher * ", for " * organization * } % and a publisher + { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * } % too. + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.inst} +{ address empty$ + { institution empty$ + { "" } + { institution } + if$ + } + { institution empty$ + { "" } + { institution ", " * } + if$ + address * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.org} +{ address empty$ + { organization empty$ + { "" } + { organization } + if$ + } + { organization empty$ + { "" } + { organization ", " * } + if$ + address * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "{\em In:}" + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "{\em In:}" + } + { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "{\em In:}" + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize % Don't change + "journal" output.check % case. + format.vol.num.date.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + new.block % BS 1629 (rather + format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check + fin.entry % than Chicago, +} % p. 451) + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "editor" output.check + editor format.key output } + { format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ % Chapter and/or + { format.in.ed.booktitle output % page numbers can + format.edition output % come out via this + incollectionlike.series.volume.number output % route, too. + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + new.block + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + publisher empty$ + { output.year.month.check } + { output.year.check } + if$ + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + incollectionlike.series.volume.number output + new.block + publisher empty$ + { + organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.addr.org output } + if$ + } + { + organization empty$ + { format.addr.pub output } + { format.addr.pub.org output } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + organization address new.block.checkb + format.addr.org output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % ODWE abbrev. + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % Butcher, + school "school" output.check % page 174. + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + publisher empty$ + { output.year.month.check } + { output.year.check } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + publisher empty$ + { + organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.addr.org output } + if$ + } + { + organization empty$ + { format.addr.pub output } + { format.addr.pub.org output } + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + new.sentence + format.addr.inst "institution" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} % ODWE, "months", & + % Chicago, p. 383. +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} + +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} + +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} + +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} + +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} + +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} + +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} + { type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + type$ "incollection" = % For sensible + or or % treatment of + 'author.editor.key.label % Singer in + { type$ "proceedings" = % BS 1629. + 'editor.key.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + year empty$ + { + "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" * + "n.d." * 'label := % Chicago, + } % page 457. + { + "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" * + year + * + 'label := + } + if$ + year field.or.null purify$ * + sortify 'sort.label := +} + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} % To produce the +{ 's := % order of entries + #1 'nameptr := % specified in item + "" % (3) on page 187 + s num.names$ 'numnames := % of Butcher. + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and } % Only 1st 2 names + { nameptr #1 > % matter for + { " " * } % sorting. + 'skip$ + if$ % Anything that's + nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and % "et al" goes + { "zzzzz" * } % after works by 2 + { % authors. + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "zzzzz" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} % Two sorting +{ calc.label % passes, from + label sortify % apalike.bst. + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + type$ "incollection" = % For Singer + or or % in BS 1629. + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.label := + sort.label + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ % Code needed here + % if \citeauthor + % and \citeyear + label extra.label * 'label := % were supported. + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b777fe80789 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1310 @@ +% This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the +% author-date citation system. It should be used in conjunction with the +% authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option. +% +% In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following +% works have been consulted: +% 1. British Standard 5605: "Citing publications by bibliographic +% references", 1978. +% 2. British Standard 1629: "Bibliographic references", 1976. +% (Note: There is now a 1989 edition.) +% 3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981. +% 4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University +% Press, 1981 (for abbreviations). +% 5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982. +% +% Discretion has been used in certain matters. In particular: +% - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and +% a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title" +% is roman while the "main publication title" is italic. +% - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of +% publication"; output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher". +% When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the +% form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization". Otherwise, +% it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the +% form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address" +% or "howpublished, address". +% - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the +% MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is +% equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER. MONTH is ignored for other documents +% that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else. +% - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that +% these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest +% (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite); +% the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629. +% When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS, +% it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of +% the part/article of interest; the information is put before the +% BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters". +% - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher), +% this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER +% refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4). +% If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers +% to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3). +% For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the +% BOOKTITLE. (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR, +% as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.) +% +% This file differs from authordate1.bst, authordate3.bst and authordate4.bst +% in that: +% - Titles of journals, articles and boooks are "downstyle". Apart from the +% first character, and the first character following : and white space, +% uppercase letters are converted to lowercase unless protected by {}. +% - Author's and editor's names are in roman. +% +% The combination of authordate2.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations +% of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}. +% When +% ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ... +% appears in the input file, +% ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ... +% appears in the final document. +% +% This file was developed from apalike.bst. It also uses code taken from +% acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst. +% +% David Rhead +% Cripps Computing Centre +% Nottingham University +% March 1990 +% + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.month.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { add.period$ write$ + month empty$ + { " " year * extra.label * "." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { add.period$ write$ + " " year * extra.label * "." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {boldface} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { t "others" = + { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { ", \& " * t * } % Butcher, pages + if$ % 186-189. + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > % Use ODWE abbrevs. + { " (eds)" * } % to avoid + { " (ed)" * } % ambiguity between + if$ % "editor" and + } % "edition". + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} % Howells example +{ title empty$ % in BS 5605 comes + { "" } % out wrong because + { title "t" change.case$ } % Patashnik + if$ % capitalizes +} % after a colon. + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ emphasize } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.numberinseries} +{ number empty$ + { "" } + { number multi.page.check + { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { ", no. " number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number} % Chicago, pages +{ series empty$ % 450-451. + { volume empty$ + { " " } + { " Vol. " volume * } + if$ + } + { + volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series } + { series format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + { number empty$ + { series ", vol. " volume * * } + { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number} +{ series empty$ + { volume empty$ + { " " } + { " vol. " volume * } + if$ + } + { new.block + volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series } + { series format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + { number empty$ + { series ", vol. " volume * * } + { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook} % By the time the +{ pages empty$ % reader has read + { "" } % address, pub'r, + { pages multi.page.check % note (where the + { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % note may end with + { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect } % numbers), s/he + if$ % may not recognise + } % a number-range as + if$ % meaning pages. +} % Avoid ambiguity + % (Butcher, p.181). + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages} +{ volume empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { month } + if$ + } + { volume boldface field.or.null + number empty$ + { month empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" month * ")" * * } + if$ + } + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pagesinbook + { type empty$ + { "Chap." } + { type } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll} +{ chapter empty$ + { pages empty$ + { "{\em In:} " } + { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * } + if$ + } + { type empty$ + { "{\em Chap. " chapter * } + { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * } + if$ + pages empty$ + { " of:} " * } + { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} % Achieves effect +{ booktitle empty$ % shown in 16.51 + { "" } % of Chicago, at + { editor empty$ % expense of not + { format.chapter.pages.incoll % achieving effects + booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * } % shown in 16.50 + { format.chapter.pages.incoll % of Chicago, on + format.editors * ", " * % page 189 of + booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * } % Butcher and in + if$ % 4.4 of BS 1629. + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Tech. rept." } % ODWE abbrevs. + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.pub} +{ publisher empty$ + { "" } + { address empty$ + { "" } + { address ": " * } + if$ + publisher * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org} % If there's an +{ address empty$ % an organization + { publisher * ", for " * organization * } % and a publisher + { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * } % too. + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.inst} +{ address empty$ + { institution empty$ + { "" } + { institution } + if$ + } + { institution empty$ + { "" } + { institution ", " * } + if$ + address * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.org} +{ address empty$ + { organization empty$ + { "" } + { organization } + if$ + } + { organization empty$ + { "" } + { organization ", " * } + if$ + address * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "{\em In:}" + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "{\em In:}" + } + { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "{\em In:}" + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal "t" change.case$ emphasize + "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.date.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + new.block % BS 1629 (rather + format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check + fin.entry % than Chicago, +} % p. 451) + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "editor" output.check + editor format.key output } + { format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ % Chapter and/or + { format.in.ed.booktitle output % page numbers can + format.edition output % come out via this + incollectionlike.series.volume.number output % route, too. + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + new.block + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + publisher empty$ + { output.year.month.check } + { output.year.check } + if$ + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + incollectionlike.series.volume.number output + new.block + publisher empty$ + { + organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.addr.org output } + if$ + } + { + organization empty$ + { format.addr.pub output } + { format.addr.pub.org output } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + organization address new.block.checkb + format.addr.org output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % ODWE abbrev. + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % Butcher, + school "school" output.check % page 174. + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + publisher empty$ + { output.year.month.check } + { output.year.check } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + publisher empty$ + { + organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.addr.org output } + if$ + } + { + organization empty$ + { format.addr.pub output } + { format.addr.pub.org output } + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + new.sentence + format.addr.inst "institution" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} % ODWE, "months", & + % Chicago, p. 383. +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} + +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} + +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} + +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} + +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} + +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} + +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} + { type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + type$ "incollection" = % For sensible + or or % treatment of + 'author.editor.key.label % Singer in + { type$ "proceedings" = % BS 1629. + 'editor.key.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + year empty$ + { + "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" * + "n.d." * 'label := % Chicago, + } % page 457. + { + "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" * + year + * + 'label := + } + if$ + year field.or.null purify$ * + sortify 'sort.label := +} + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} % To produce the +{ 's := % order of entries + #1 'nameptr := % specified in item + "" % (3) on page 187 + s num.names$ 'numnames := % of Butcher. + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and } % Only 1st 2 names + { nameptr #1 > % matter for + { " " * } % sorting. + 'skip$ + if$ % Anything that's + nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and % "et al" goes + { "zzzzz" * } % after works by 2 + { % authors. + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "zzzzz" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} % Two sorting +{ calc.label % passes, from + label sortify % apalike.bst. + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + type$ "incollection" = % For Singer + or or % in BS 1629. + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.label := + sort.label + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ % Code needed here + % if \citeauthor + % and \citeyear + label extra.label * 'label := % were supported. + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4abade9bde8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1309 @@ +% This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the +% author-date citation system. It should be used in conjunction with the +% authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option. +% +% In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following +% works have been consulted: +% 1. British Standard 5605: "Citing publications by bibliographic +% references", 1978. +% 2. British Standard 1629: "Bibliographic references", 1976. +% (Note: There is now a 1989 edition.) +% 3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981. +% 4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University +% Press, 1981 (for abbreviations). +% 5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982. +% +% Discretion has been used in certain matters. In particular: +% - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and +% a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title" +% is roman while the "main publication title" is italic. +% - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of +% publication"; output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher". +% When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the +% form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization". Otherwise, +% it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the +% form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address" +% or "howpublished, address". +% - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the +% MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is +% equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER. MONTH is ignored for other documents +% that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else. +% - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that +% these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest +% (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite); +% the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629. +% When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS, +% it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of +% the part/article of interest; the information is put before the +% BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters". +% - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher), +% this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER +% refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4). +% If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers +% to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3). +% For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the +% BOOKTITLE. (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR, +% as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.) +% +% This file differs from authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst and authordate4.bst +% in that: +% - The titles of articles, journals and books are left in whatever +% combination of upper-case and lower-case appears in the .bib file. +% - Author's and editor's names are in small capitals. +% +% The combination of authordate3.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations +% of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}. +% When +% ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ... +% appears in the input file, +% ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ... +% appears in the final document. +% +% This file was developed from apalike.bst. It also uses code taken from +% acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst. +% +% David Rhead +% Cripps Computing Centre +% Nottingham University +% March 1990 +% + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.month.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { add.period$ write$ + month empty$ + { " " year * extra.label * "." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { add.period$ write$ + " " year * extra.label * "." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {boldface} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { t "others" = + { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { ", \& " * t * } % Butcher, pages + if$ % 186-189. + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } % Small capitals + { "{\sc " * author format.names "}" * } % for + if$ % authordate3.bst +} % and + % authordate4.bst. +FUNCTION {format.key} +{ empty$ + { "{\sc " * key field.or.null "}" * } % Small capitals. + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } % Small capitals. + { "{\sc " * editor format.names "}" * + editor num.names$ #1 > % Use ODWE abbrevs. + { " (eds)" * } % to avoid + { " (ed)" * } % ambiguity between + if$ % "editor" and + } % "edition". + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} % Nothing needs +{ title empty$ % doing here in + { "" } % authordate1.bst + { title } % or + if$ % authordate3.bst. +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title empty$ + { "" } % Don't change case + { title emphasize } % in + if$ % authordate1.bst +} % or + % authordate3.bst. +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.numberinseries} +{ number empty$ + { "" } + { number multi.page.check + { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { ", no. " number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number} % Chicago, pages +{ series empty$ % 450-451. + { volume empty$ + { " " } + { " Vol. " volume * } + if$ + } + { + volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series } + { series format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + { number empty$ + { series ", vol. " volume * * } + { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number} +{ series empty$ + { volume empty$ + { " " } + { " vol. " volume * } + if$ + } + { new.block + volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series } + { series format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + { number empty$ + { series ", vol. " volume * * } + { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook} % By the time the +{ pages empty$ % reader has read + { "" } % address, pub'r, + { pages multi.page.check % note (where the + { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % note may end with + { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect } % numbers), s/he + if$ % may not recognise + } % a number-range as + if$ % meaning pages. +} % Avoid ambiguity + % (Butcher, p.181). + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages} +{ volume empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { month } + if$ + } + { volume boldface field.or.null + number empty$ + { month empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" month * ")" * * } + if$ + } + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pagesinbook + { type empty$ + { "Chap." } + { type } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll} +{ chapter empty$ + { pages empty$ + { "{\em In:} " } + { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * } + if$ + } + { type empty$ + { "{\em Chap. " chapter * } + { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * } + if$ + pages empty$ + { " of:} " * } + { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} % Achieves effect +{ booktitle empty$ % shown in 16.51 + { "" } % of Chicago, at + { editor empty$ % expense of not + { format.chapter.pages.incoll % achieving effects + booktitle emphasize * } % shown in 16.50 + { format.chapter.pages.incoll % of Chicago, on + format.editors * ", " * % page 189 of + booktitle emphasize * } % Butcher and in + if$ % 4.4 of BS 1629. + } + if$ % Don't change +} % case. + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type % Don't change + } % case. + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Tech. rept." } % ODWE abbrevs. + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { } % Whatever was + { number tie.or.space.connect } % having its case + if$ % changed, leave +} % it alone. + +FUNCTION {format.addr.pub} +{ publisher empty$ + { "" } + { address empty$ + { "" } + { address ": " * } + if$ + publisher * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org} % If there's an +{ address empty$ % an organization + { publisher * ", for " * organization * } % and a publisher + { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * } % too. + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.inst} +{ address empty$ + { institution empty$ + { "" } + { institution } + if$ + } + { institution empty$ + { "" } + { institution ", " * } + if$ + address * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.org} +{ address empty$ + { organization empty$ + { "" } + { organization } + if$ + } + { organization empty$ + { "" } + { organization ", " * } + if$ + address * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "{\em In:}" + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "{\em In:}" + } + { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "{\em In:}" + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize % Don't change + "journal" output.check % case. + format.vol.num.date.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + new.block % BS 1629 (rather + format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check + fin.entry % than Chicago, +} % p. 451) + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "editor" output.check + editor format.key output } + { format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ % Chapter and/or + { format.in.ed.booktitle output % page numbers can + format.edition output % come out via this + incollectionlike.series.volume.number output % route, too. + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + new.block + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + publisher empty$ + { output.year.month.check } + { output.year.check } + if$ + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + incollectionlike.series.volume.number output + new.block + publisher empty$ + { + organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.addr.org output } + if$ + } + { + organization empty$ + { format.addr.pub output } + { format.addr.pub.org output } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + organization address new.block.checkb + format.addr.org output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % ODWE abbrev. + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % Butcher, + school "school" output.check % page 174. + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + publisher empty$ + { output.year.month.check } + { output.year.check } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + publisher empty$ + { + organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.addr.org output } + if$ + } + { + organization empty$ + { format.addr.pub output } + { format.addr.pub.org output } + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + new.sentence + format.addr.inst "institution" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} % ODWE, "months", & + % Chicago, p. 383. +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} + +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} + +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} + +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} + +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} + +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} + +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} + { type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + type$ "incollection" = % For sensible + or or % treatment of + 'author.editor.key.label % Singer in + { type$ "proceedings" = % BS 1629. + 'editor.key.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + year empty$ + { + "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" * + "n.d." * 'label := % Chicago, + } % page 457. + { + "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" * + year + * + 'label := + } + if$ + year field.or.null purify$ * + sortify 'sort.label := +} + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} % To produce the +{ 's := % order of entries + #1 'nameptr := % specified in item + "" % (3) on page 187 + s num.names$ 'numnames := % of Butcher. + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and } % Only 1st 2 names + { nameptr #1 > % matter for + { " " * } % sorting. + 'skip$ + if$ % Anything that's + nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and % "et al" goes + { "zzzzz" * } % after works by 2 + { % authors. + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "zzzzz" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} % Two sorting +{ calc.label % passes, from + label sortify % apalike.bst. + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + type$ "incollection" = % For Singer + or or % in BS 1629. + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.label := + sort.label + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ % Code needed here + % if \citeauthor + % and \citeyear + label extra.label * 'label := % were supported. + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b41f2504361 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1310 @@ +% This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the +% author-date citation system. It should be used in conjunction with the +% authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option. +% +% In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following +% works have been consulted: +% 1. British Standard 5605: "Citing publications by bibliographic +% references", 1978. +% 2. British Standard 1629: "Bibliographic references", 1976. +% (Note: There is now a 1989 edition.) +% 3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981. +% 4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University +% Press, 1981 (for abbreviations). +% 5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982. +% +% Discretion has been used in certain matters. In particular: +% - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and +% a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title" +% is roman while the "main publication title" is italic. +% - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of +% publication"; output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher". +% When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the +% form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization". Otherwise, +% it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the +% form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address" +% or "howpublished, address". +% - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the +% MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is +% equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER. MONTH is ignored for other documents +% that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else. +% - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that +% these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest +% (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite); +% the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629. +% When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS, +% it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of +% the part/article of interest; the information is put before the +% BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters". +% - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher), +% this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER +% refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4). +% If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers +% to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3). +% For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the +% BOOKTITLE. (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR, +% as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.) +% +% This file differs from authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst and authordate3.bst +% in that: +% - Titles of articles, journals and books are "downstyle". Apart from the +% first character, and the first character following : and white space, +% uppercase letters are converted to lowercase unless protected by {}. +% - Author's and editor's names are in small capitals. +% +% The combination of authordate4.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations +% of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}. +% When +% ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ... +% appears in the input file, +% ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ... +% appears in the final document. +% +% This file was developed from apalike.bst. It also uses code taken from +% acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst. +% +% David Rhead +% Cripps Computing Centre +% Nottingham University +% March 1990 +% + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.month.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { add.period$ write$ + month empty$ + { " " year * extra.label * "." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { add.period$ write$ + " " year * extra.label * "." * + after.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {boldface} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { t "others" = + { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { ", \& " * t * } % Butcher, pages + if$ % 186-189. + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } % Small capitals + { "{\sc " * author format.names "}" * } % for + if$ % authordate3.bst +} % and + % authordate4.bst. +FUNCTION {format.key} +{ empty$ + { "{\sc " * key field.or.null "}" * } % Small capitals. + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } % Small capitals. + { "{\sc " * editor format.names "}" * + editor num.names$ #1 > % Use ODWE abbrevs. + { " (eds)" * } % to avoid + { " (ed)" * } % ambiguity between + if$ % "editor" and + } % "edition". + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} % Howells example +{ title empty$ % in BS 5605 comes + { "" } % out wrong because + { title "t" change.case$ } % Patashnik + if$ % capitalizes +} % after a colon. + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ emphasize } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.numberinseries} +{ number empty$ + { "" } + { number multi.page.check + { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { ", no. " number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number} % Chicago, pages +{ series empty$ % 450-451. + { volume empty$ + { " " } + { " Vol. " volume * } + if$ + } + { + volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series } + { series format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + { number empty$ + { series ", vol. " volume * * } + { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number} +{ series empty$ + { volume empty$ + { " " } + { " vol. " volume * } + if$ + } + { new.block + volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series } + { series format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + { number empty$ + { series ", vol. " volume * * } + { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook} % By the time the +{ pages empty$ % reader has read + { "" } % address, pub'r, + { pages multi.page.check % note (where the + { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % note may end with + { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect } % numbers), s/he + if$ % may not recognise + } % a number-range as + if$ % meaning pages. +} % Avoid ambiguity + % (Butcher, p.181). + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages} +{ volume empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { month } + if$ + } + { volume boldface field.or.null + number empty$ + { month empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" month * ")" * * } + if$ + } + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pagesinbook + { type empty$ + { "Chap." } + { type } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll} +{ chapter empty$ + { pages empty$ + { "{\em In:} " } + { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * } + if$ + } + { type empty$ + { "{\em Chap. " chapter * } + { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * } + if$ + pages empty$ + { " of:} " * } + { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} % Achieves effect +{ booktitle empty$ % shown in 16.51 + { "" } % of Chicago, at + { editor empty$ % expense of not + { format.chapter.pages.incoll % achieving effects + booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * } % shown in 16.50 + { format.chapter.pages.incoll % of Chicago, on + format.editors * ", " * % page 189 of + booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * } % Butcher and in + if$ % 4.4 of BS 1629. + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Tech. rept." } % ODWE abbrevs. + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.pub} +{ publisher empty$ + { "" } + { address empty$ + { "" } + { address ": " * } + if$ + publisher * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org} % If there's an +{ address empty$ % an organization + { publisher * ", for " * organization * } % and a publisher + { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * } % too. + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.inst} +{ address empty$ + { institution empty$ + { "" } + { institution } + if$ + } + { institution empty$ + { "" } + { institution ", " * } + if$ + address * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.addr.org} +{ address empty$ + { organization empty$ + { "" } + { organization } + if$ + } + { organization empty$ + { "" } + { organization ", " * } + if$ + address * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "{\em In:}" + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "{\em In:}" + } + { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "{\em In:}" + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal "t" change.case$ emphasize + "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.date.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + new.block % BS 1629 (rather + format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check + fin.entry % than Chicago, +} % p. 451) + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "editor" output.check + editor format.key output } + { format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output } + if$ + output.year.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ % Chapter and/or + { format.in.ed.booktitle output % page numbers can + format.edition output % come out via this + incollectionlike.series.volume.number output % route, too. + new.block + format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + new.block + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + publisher empty$ + { output.year.month.check } + { output.year.check } + if$ + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + incollectionlike.series.volume.number output + new.block + publisher empty$ + { + organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.addr.org output } + if$ + } + { + organization empty$ + { format.addr.pub output } + { format.addr.pub.org output } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.sentence + format.edition output + new.block + organization address new.block.checkb + format.addr.org output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % ODWE abbrev. + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % Butcher, + school "school" output.check % page 174. + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + publisher empty$ + { output.year.month.check } + { output.year.check } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + booklike.series.volume.number output + new.block + publisher empty$ + { + organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { format.addr.org output } + if$ + } + { + organization empty$ + { format.addr.pub output } + { format.addr.pub.org output } + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + new.sentence + format.addr.inst "institution" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + output.year.month.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} % ODWE, "months", & + % Chicago, p. 383. +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} + +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} + +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} + +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} + +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} + +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} + +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * } + { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} + { type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + type$ "incollection" = % For sensible + or or % treatment of + 'author.editor.key.label % Singer in + { type$ "proceedings" = % BS 1629. + 'editor.key.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + year empty$ + { + "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" * + "n.d." * 'label := % Chicago, + } % page 457. + { + "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" * + year + * + 'label := + } + if$ + year field.or.null purify$ * + sortify 'sort.label := +} + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} % To produce the +{ 's := % order of entries + #1 'nameptr := % specified in item + "" % (3) on page 187 + s num.names$ 'numnames := % of Butcher. + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and } % Only 1st 2 names + { nameptr #1 > % matter for + { " " * } % sorting. + 'skip$ + if$ % Anything that's + nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and % "et al" goes + { "zzzzz" * } % after works by 2 + { % authors. + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "zzzzz" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} % Two sorting +{ calc.label % passes, from + label sortify % apalike.bst. + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + type$ "incollection" = % For Singer + or or % in BS 1629. + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.label := + sort.label + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ % Code needed here + % if \citeauthor + % and \citeyear + label extra.label * 'label := % were supported. + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ff4df8fdafc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1162 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Alan Rogers", +%%% version = "1.1", +%%% date = "Feb 15, 1991", +%%% filename = "bbs.bst", +%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah, +%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112", +%%% checksum = "63919 1162 3279 24277", +%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu", +%%% supported = "no", +%%% docstring = "The file produces bibliographies more or +%%% less in the format of Behavioral and Brain +%%% Sciences. It was adapted from apalike.bst, +%%% incorporating features of Sake J. +%%% Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +%%% +%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...} +%%% ... +%%% \bibliographystyle{bbs} +%%% ... +%%% +%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes +%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in +%%% TeX's search path. +%%% +%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}', +%%% which generates references in short form. +%%% For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would +%%% produce `Rogers (1992)'." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version) +% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a. +% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all +% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'. +% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical. +% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'. +% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst. +% +% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty). +% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels +% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately +% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma, +% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either +% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field. +% +% Editorial note: +% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly, +% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something +% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars, +% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better +% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for +% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical" +% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth +% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new +% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically +% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions +% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing +% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage. +% +% History: +% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik. +% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length +% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message. +% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a; +% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title; +% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month not used in apalike + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + " (" year * extra.label * ")" * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " \& " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.ed.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " \& " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + {"ed. " editor format.ed.names * } + { editor format.ed.names ", ed." * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "(" edition "l" change.case$ * " ed.)" * } + { "(" edition "t" change.case$ * " ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In: " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In: " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.editors * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.edition output + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check +% address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.edition output + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check +% address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.edition output + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check +% address output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output +% address output % for apalike + new.sentence % there's no year + organization output % here so things + publisher output % are simpler + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.edition output + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output +% address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check +% address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check +% address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output +% address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check +% address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR) +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR) +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * "}" * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +% Now that the label is right we sort for real, +% on sort.label then year then title. This is +% for the second sorting pass. +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e33cf5e0418 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Ciaran McHale", +%%% version = "1.00", +%%% date = "21 July 1992", +%%% time = "12:34:24 MDT", +%%% filename = "bibtoref.bst", +%%% address = "Department of Computer Science, +%%% Trinity College, +%%% Dublin 2, +%%% Ireland", +%%% telephone = "+353-1-772941 ext 1538", +%%% FAX = "+353-1-772204", +%%% telex = "93782 TCD EI", +%%% checksum = "04276 201 698 5689", +%%% email = "cjmchale@cs.tcd.ie or +%%% cjmchale%cs.tcd.ie@cunyvm.cuny.edu" +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "", +%%% supported = "no", +%%% docstring = "This BibTeX style file translates selected +%%% BibTeX bibliographies entries into UNIX +%%% refer format. It is based on a bib style +%%% file by Kannan Varadhan. +%%% +%%% To use it, create a temporary LaTeX file +%%% that contains the \cite{...} entries you +%%% want to convert, or else use \nocite{*} to +%%% convert all of them. Such a file might +%%% look like this: +%%% +%%% \documentstyle{article} +%%% \begin{document} +%%% \bibliographystyle{bibtoref} +%%% \nocite{*} % or \cite{...,...,...} +%%% \bibliography{BIBFILENAME} +%%% \end{document} +%%% +%%% Run latex then bibtex on the sample file; +%%% the UNIX refer bibliography will appear in +%%% the corresponding .bbl file. +%%% +%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the +%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word +%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and +%%% characters. This is produced by Robert +%%% Solovay's checksum utility.", +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== + +ENTRY + { % entry fields + abstract % non standard + address + annote % non standard + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + keywords % non standard + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} % no integer entry variables + { label extra.label sort.label } % label entry variables + + +STRINGS { s t a.name } + + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {handle.names} +{ 't := % type e.g. "A" for authors, "E" for editors + 's := % the string containing the names + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 'a.name := + + a.name "others" = + 'skip$ % don't print out "%A others" + { "%" t * " " * a.name * write$ newline$ } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {handle.maybe.empty} +{ + 't := + duplicate$ + empty$ + 'pop$ + { "%" t * " " * swap$ * write$ newline$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {translate} +{ + newline$ % get a blank line between each entry + + title "T" handle.maybe.empty + booktitle "B" handle.maybe.empty + + % there may be multiple authors so handle it differently + author empty$ + { " empty author in " cite$ * warning$ } + { author "A" handle.names } + if$ + editor "E" handle.maybe.empty + journal "J" handle.maybe.empty + keywords "K" handle.maybe.empty + cite$ "L" handle.maybe.empty + volume "V" handle.maybe.empty + abstract "X" handle.maybe.empty + + % The date, if present may be just the year or both the month and year + % or might even be just the month + month empty$ year empty$ and + 'skip$ % no date of publication so nothing to do + { + month empty$ % I'm using the if statement because I'm not + { "" } % sure that--- month " " year * --- would work. + { month " " * } % (The manual doesn't mention anything about + if$ % this so I'm playing safe) + year empty$ + { "" } + { year } + if$ + * + "D" handle.maybe.empty + } + if$ + pages "P" handle.maybe.empty + note "O" handle.maybe.empty + number "N" handle.maybe.empty + series "S" handle.maybe.empty + annote "Y" handle.maybe.empty + address "C" handle.maybe.empty + +} + + +FUNCTION {article} { translate } +FUNCTION {book} { translate } +FUNCTION {booklet} { translate } +FUNCTION {inbook} { translate } +FUNCTION {incollection} { translate } +FUNCTION {inproceedings} { translate } +FUNCTION {manual} { translate } +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} { translate } +FUNCTION {misc} { translate } +FUNCTION {phdthesis} { translate } +FUNCTION {proceedings} { translate } +FUNCTION {techreport} { translate } +FUNCTION {unpublished} { translate } +FUNCTION {default.type} { translate } + + +READ + +ITERATE {call.type$} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..85c176fa861 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1161 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Alan Rogers", +%%% version = "1.1", +%%% date = "1990", +%%% filename = "cbe.bst", +%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah, +%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112", +%%% checksum = "13520 1161 3284 24308", +%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu", +%%% supported = "no", +%%% docstring = "The file produces bibliographies more or +%%% less in the Council of Biology Editors +%%% format, which is used by Evolution, +%%% American Naturalist, & lots of other +%%% journals. It was adapted from apalike.bst, +%%% incorporating features of Sake J. +%%% Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +%%% +%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...} +%%% ... +%%% \bibliographystyle{cbe} +%%% ... +%%% +%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes +%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in +%%% TeX's search path. +%%% +%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}', +%%% which generates references in short form. +%%% For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would +%%% produce `Rogers (1992)'." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version) +% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a. +% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all +% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'. +% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical. +% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'. +% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst. +% +% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty). +% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels +% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately +% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma, +% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either +% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field. +% +% Editorial note: +% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly, +% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something +% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars, +% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better +% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for +% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical" +% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth +% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new +% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically +% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions +% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing +% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage. +% +% History: +% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik. +% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length +% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message. +% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a; +% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title; +% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month not used in apalike + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + " " year * extra.label * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {smallcaps} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editor.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names smallcaps } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.editor.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (eds.)" * } + { " (ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title %emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + { "" } + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ +% { "{\em In} " booktitle emphasize * } +% { "{\em In} " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + { "{\em In} " booktitle * } + { "{\em In} " format.editors * ", " * booktitle * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize " " * format.vol.num.pages * output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + format.pages output + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % there's no year + organization output % here so things + publisher output % are simpler + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR) +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR) +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * "}" * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +% Now that the label is right we sort for real, +% on sort.label then year then title. This is +% for the second sorting pass. +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4d831b7a619 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1442 @@ +% BibTex `cell' bibliography style +% version = 1.25 of cell.bst 1994 October 15 +% from version = 1.27 of jmb.bst 1992 October 22 + +% conversion from JMB to Cell by: +% changing emphasis to roman (\em to \rm) +% bold face to roman (\bf to \rm) (on volume) +% making the volume be italics +% removing the comma after the journal name +% +% Thomas Schneider +% National Cancer Institute +% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology +% Frederick, Maryland 21702-1013 +% toms@ncifcrf.gov +% +% This file is available by anonymous ftp from ncifcrf.gov in pub/delila. +% +% TITLES can be turned on and off! +% Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper (i.e. \nocite{TitlesOn}) +% and have a bibliography article in your database with that cite key! +% +% WARNING: Since I use mostly article, book and inproceedings, these +% are formatted pretty closely to the Journal of Theoretical Biology style +% while other things are neglected. Also, I can't guarantee that the style +% is exactly right. +% +% The following documentation is identical from the source of jmb.bst, +% which was the apalike.bst taken from the Clarkson archive on 1989 June 19. +% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version) +% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a. +% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all +% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'. +% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical. +% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'. +% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst. +% +% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty). +% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels +% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately +% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma, +% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either +% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field. +% +% Editorial note: +% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly, +% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something +% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars, +% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better +% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for +% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical" +% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth +% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new +% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically +% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions +% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing +% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage. +% +% History: +% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik. +% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length +% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message. +% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a; +% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title; +% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +% The program was further modified by Tom Schneider: +% +% 1989 June 19 (TDS) Renamed jmb.bst. Items that do not have years were +% listed in the bibliography without identifiers. However, they +% have identifiers in the text. The identifier was added. +% Titles were removed :-(. +% +% 1989 October 2 (TDS) Made labels in the paper use the & symbol rather +% than `and', as required by JMB. +% 1989 October 3 (TDS) Made et~al. be in italics. +% Removed comma after journal name. (actually, all +% mid sentence commas go!) +% Made volume number be bold faced. +% Converted colon (:) after volume number to a comma (,). +% If a journal name does NOT end in a period, add +% a comma after the name. +% 1989 October 14 (TDS) Without a year the program used to sort on the +% title. I made it sort on the cite$ if there is no year. +% 1989 October 18 (TDS) If there is one reference without a year, put +% an "a" at the end of its label, so that it comes out +% as (Smith, a) in the text. in FUNCTION {forward.pass} +% 1989 November 2 (TDS) Unpublished papers now give the title. +% 1989 November 18 (TDS) TITLES can be turned on and off! +% Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper +% and have a bibliography article in your database +% with that cite key! +% 1989 December 5 (TDS) I can't stand sorting to fall back on the +% titles of the article - no control! So in function +% bib.sort.order the default is now cite$. +% 1990 November 14 (TDS) Changes to match JTB better: +% Names in the bibliography are now connected +% with "\&" instead of "and", since this fits JTB better. +% "In" is now "In:". +% "editors" and "editor" are now "eds" and "ed". +% booktitle follows editors. editors in parenthesis. +% pp. and p. instead of pages and page. +% location followed by colon (:) and then publisher. +% 1992 October 22 (TDS) Publisher address is at the end of books. +% with no colon after address. +% no comma before & in name list in bibliography. +% The extra.label (as the a of 1991a) is emphasized. +% "In:" goes back to "In"! +% publisher address is at the end of inproceedings. +% volume is "vol.", with comma after number. +% ed.", and comma after ) closing editors. +% as a colon (:), JMB does NOT want the next +% ed, but the format.title function uses +% which leaves it capitalized. To fix this, a +% place change.case$ must be written. +% +% When a title has a colon (:), JMB does NOT want the next +% word capitalized, but the format.title function uses +% change.case$, which leaves it capitalized. To fix this, a +% function to replace change.case$ was written: +% special.change.case +% +% edition should follow TITLE for books! + +% possible bug: sorting order probably should be first author followed +% by year; but this is not absolutely clear. Sorting here is (I think) +% by all authors (or perhaps the key) then year. + + +ENTRY % declare variables that have a value for each entry on the list + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month not used in apalike + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block + docomma givetitles } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := + + #0 'docomma := % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them. +} + +FUNCTION {init.toggle.switches} +{% set switches for controlling the output! + #0 'givetitles := % if it is 0 then don't give titles, otherwise do them. +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = +% "in of output.nonnull" warning$ + +% % { ", " * write$ } % the comma here is responsible for every comma! +% % % But JMB doesn't want commas, so away it goes! +% { " " * write$ } % That does it! + + { % doing a comma is controlled specifically in JMB using docomma + docomma #0 = + { " " * write$ } + { ", " * write$ } + if$ + } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +% "out of output.nonnull" warning$ +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := +% "in output.check" warning$ + duplicate$ empty$ + { t "title" = + { pop$ } % jmb ignores titles and does not object if missing + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + 'output.nonnull % block periods + % { pop$ } % don't do anything + if$ +% "ouT of output.check" warning$ +} + +% t "title" = +% { "zowie" warning$ } +% { duplicate$ empty$ +% { pop$ "EmPtY " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } +% 'output.nonnull +% } +% if$ +% if$ +%} + +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { + "empty year in " cite$ ", using label: " extra.label * * * warning$ + write$ +% " (" extra.label * ")" * % TDS UNemphasized label + +% zzz here is the problem: +% extra.label "BLURB" * warning$ + " ({\rm{" extra.label * "}})" * % TDS emphasized label +% "BLORB" warning$ + + { label "{\rm{" extra.label "}}" * * * 'label :=} +% "BLUBEL" warning$ + + mid.sentence 'output.state := +% "BLIP" warning$ + } + { write$ + +% " (" year * extra.label * ")" * % TDS UNemphasized label + " (" year * "{\rm{" extra.label "}}" * * * ")" * % TDS emphasized label + + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +% "POW" warning$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\rm " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > +% { "," * } % remove this comma TDS + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " {\rm et~al.}" * } + { " \& " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", eds" * } % TDS + { ", ed." * } % TDS + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {special.change.case} +% change the entire string to lower case except +% for the first letter and things inside {} +% That is, force the first letter after a colon (:) to be lower case +% but otherwise use the change.case$ rules. +{ +% title "t" change.case$ % TDS this line was the original method + +% start with the first letter of the title, hang on stack +title #1 #1 substring$ + +% unearth this to see the breakpoint +%"|---|" * + +% take the title, change to entire lower case. +title "l" change.case$ + +% take from second position of lowered title to end of title +#2 +global.max$ +substring$ + +% concatenate first letter to rest of title +* +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { % decide whether to give the title or not + givetitles #1 = +% { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title % TDS original function + { special.change.case } % produce the title + { title pop$ "" } % don't produce the title + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } +% { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % TDS + { "vol." volume "," * tie.or.space.connect % made vol. + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ +% "volume and number" number either.or.check % TDS + "vol. and num." number either.or.check % made vol. + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ "{\rm " volume "}" * * field.or.null % make volume bold face + +% cell does not take numbers +% number empty$ +% 'skip$ +%% { " (" number * ")" * * +% { " ({\em " number "\/}" * * ")" * * % CELL IS ITALICS +%% zzz +% volume empty$ +% { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } +% 'skip$ +% if$ +% } +% if$ + + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } +% { ":" * pages n.dashify * } % no more colons after the volume + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % comma's instead + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } % TDS + { "In " booktitle emphasize * ", " * % That's the comma after the title + "(" format.editors ")," * * * } % TDS + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike % TDS + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " % TDS + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike % TDS + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ + cite$ "TitlesOn" = + 'skip$ % Don't write out an article of this kind, it's a toggle switch! + { + output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for +% "===> about to" warning$ + output.year.check % apalike +% "===> after it" warning$ + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { % figure out the last character of the journal name. + % "<<" journal #-1 #1 substring$ ">>" * * % for testing + % "<" journal ">" * * % this works ok % for testing + + journal #-1 #1 substring$ "." = + { journal } % journal ended in period so don't do anything +% { journal ", " *} % journal ended without period, so add comma + { journal " " *} % journal ended without period, so add comma NONE FOR CELL + if$ + emphasize "journal" output.check + +% journal * emphasize "journal" output.check % the original method + + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB + crossref missing$ + { + format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + format.edition output % TDS JMB position for edition +% new.sentence +% #0 'docomma := % no comma after address +% address ":" * output % TDS + publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS +% #1 'docomma := % comma back on +% publisher "publisher" output.check +% address output + address output % TDS - no colon! + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ +% format.edition output % TDS original position of edition + new.block + note output + fin.entry + #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + #0 'docomma := % no comma after address + address ":" * output % TDS + publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS + #1 'docomma := % comma back on +% publisher "publisher" output.check +% address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { +% #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB, BUT NOT FOR JTB: inconsistent. TDS NOW + format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages + pages empty$ + { output } + { "," * output } % TDS toss in comma instead of period + if$ + +% address output % TDS address is below for JTB +% new.sentence % TDS remove period + organization output + #0 'docomma := % NO COMMA AFTER ADDRESS + publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS + #1 'docomma := % comma back on + +% publisher output % are simpler + address output % TDS + #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis," format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for +% "===> about to unpuBLISH" warning$ + output.year.check % apalike +% "===> out of to unpuBLISH" warning$ + new.block +% "===> PLEASE PLEASE BE HERE" warning$ + +% Since format.title is out of commission, the original method won't work: +% format.title "title" output.check +% so do the equivalent of the format.title procedure: (TDS) + title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title + if$ +% "===> perfidity 1" warning$ + "title" output.check +% "===> perfidity" warning$ + + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry + +% "===> GOlly done" warning$ +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +% *********************************************************** + +FUNCTION {check.for.titlecommand} +% go through each entry and see if one of them has the key +% 'TitlesOn'. If this is found, then do titles! +% 1989 November 18 TDS +{ +% "|" label "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius {\rm et~al.}, 1986| +% "|" cite$ "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius1986| +% so cite$ is the thing I want to detect... + + cite$ "TitlesOn" = + { % got it! +% "FOUND TitlesOn" write$ newline$ + "Titles Will Be Printed" warning$ + #1 'givetitles := % give titles! + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +EXECUTE {init.toggle.switches} +ITERATE {check.for.titlecommand} +% *********************************************************** + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " {\rm et~al.}" * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " {\rm et~al.}" * } + { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + % note new use of & rather than `and'. TDS + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + ", " % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "{\rm et al}" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +% pass through the references forward +{ +%"\\ label=" label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label +%"\\last.label=" last.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label + + last.label label = % if the label repeats the previous label... + { % then increment the extra number + last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + % and convert it to a label + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { % else set things up for the next entry + "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + + % However, if the year was missing, tack on an extra "a". TDS + year empty$ + {"a" 'extra.label :=} + {"" 'extra.label :=} + if$ + +% "" 'extra.label := % the original method was not to do anything TDS + + label 'last.label := % capture this label for next time + } + if$ +%"\\extra.label = " extra.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +% pass through the references backwards +% add extra characters to the end of the label string +{ +%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label + next.extra "b" = +% original logic: + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + +% next.extra "b" = { "next.extra was = b" write$ newline$} 'skip$ if$ + +% new as of 1989 Oct 18 +% { "a" 'extra.label := } +% { % Put on an "a" at the end of the label if the year is missing. TDS +% year empty$ +% { "a" 'extra.label := } +% %{ label "a" * 'label := } +% 'skip$ % otherwise leave it alone (orignial method) +% if$ } +% if$ + +% label extra.label * 'label := % TDS ORIGINAL LABEL METHOD + +% stick {\rm } around extra.label if it's not empty TDS + extra.label "" = + 'skip$ + { label "{\rm{" extra.label "}}" * * * 'label :=} + if$ + + extra.label 'next.extra := +%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label +} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +% Generate the sort.key$ variables for sorting. +% The sorting is first on the sort.label (ie, author's name), followed +% by the year then the title. If there is no year, the cite$ is used. +{ + sort.label % this is based on the author name + " " * % tack on some space +% original apa command was to use the year or an empty string: +% year field.or.null sortify +% +% Replace that with the use of the cite$, when there is no year: + year duplicate$ empty$ + {pop$ cite$} + 'skip$ + if$ + + * " " * % tack on some space + +% I CAN'T STAND SORTING ON TITLE!!! TDS 1989 Dec 5 +% title field.or.null +% sort.format.title +% * % attach them together + cite$ + * % use cite$ instead!! + + % note: if there is no year, then the cite$ will override the sorting + % on the title. Oh well. Title sorting is sorta (ha ha) awful. + + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := + + % The following line helps debug the program. It shows what the sort.key$ is. + % "%" sort.key$ * write$ newline$ +} + +% Here is the place that the actual executions of the labeling and sorting +% functions are done. + + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % initialize variables +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} % set up the sorting keys +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order +% Having sorted NOW we apply the extra letters at the end! +ITERATE {forward.pass} +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..511f3aa5fa1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1654 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Glenn Paulley", +%%% version = "4", +%%% date = "28 August 1992", +%%% time = "10:23:39 199", +%%% filename = "chicago.bst", +%%% address = "Data Structuring Group +%%% Department of Computer Science +%%% University of Waterloo +%%% Waterloo, Ontario, Canada +%%% N2L 3G1", +%%% telephone = "(519) 885-1211", +%%% FAX = "(519) 885-1208", +%%% checksum = "26323 1654 5143 37417", +%%% email = "gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% abstract = "A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the +%%% `B' reference style of the 13th Edition of +%%% the Chicago Manual of Style. A detailed +%%% feature list is given below.", +%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the +%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word +%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and +%%% characters. This is produced by Robert +%%% Solovay's checksum utility.", +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +% +% "Chicago" BibTeX style, chicago.bst +% =================================== +% +% BibTeX `chicago' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09 +% Place it in a file called chicago.bst in the BibTeX search path. +% You need to include chicago.sty as a \documentstyle option. +% (Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.) +% This "chicago" style is based on newapa.bst (American Psych. Assoc.) +% found at ymir.claremont.edu. +% +% Citation format: (author-last-name year) +% (author-last-name and author-last-name year) +% (author-last-name, author-last-name, and author-last-name year) +% (author-last-name et al. year) +% (author-last-name) +% author-last-name (year) +% (author-last-name and author-last-name) +% (author-last-name et al.) +% (year) or (year,year) +% year or year,year +% +% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one. +% +% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for +% year-only citations. This is done by having the citations +% actually look like +% +% \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year} +% +% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar) +% +% \let\@internalcite\cite +% \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite} +% \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite} +% \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite} +% \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite} +% \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite} +% +% These TeX macro definitions are found in chicago.sty. Additional +% commands to manipulate different components of a citation can be defined +% so that, for example, you can list author's names without parentheses +% if using a citation as a noun or object in a sentence. +% +% This file was originally copied from newapa.bst at ymir.claremont.edu. +% +% Features of chicago.bst: +% ======================= +% +% - full names used in citations, but abbreviated citations are available +% (see above) +% - if an entry has a "month", then the month and year are also printed +% as part of that bibitem. +% - all conjunctions use "and" instead of "\&" +% - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that +% only the first author in a reference appears last name first- +% additional authors appear as J. Q. Public. +% - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except +% article entries. +% - book, inbook, and manual use "location: publisher" (or organization) +% for address and publisher. All other types list publishers separately. +% - "pp." are used to identify page numbers for all entry types except +% articles. +% - organization is used as a citation label if neither author nor editor +% is present (for manuals). +% - "et al." is used for long author and editor lists, or when "others" +% is used. +% +% Modifications and bug fixes from newapa.bst: +% =========================================== +% +% - added month, year to bib entries if month is present +% - fixed bug with In proceedings, added necessary comma after title +% - all conjunctions changed to "and" from "\&" +% - fixed bug with author labels in my.full.label: "et al." now is +% generated when "others" is an author name +% - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that +% only the first author in a reference appears last name first- +% additional authors appear as J. Q. Public. +% - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except +% article entries. Unnecessary (IMHO) "()" around page numbers +% were removed, and page numbers now don't end with a period. +% - created chicago.sty for use with this bibstyle (required). +% - fixed bugs in FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} for missing volume, +% number, and /or pages. Renamed to format.jour.vol. +% - fixed bug in formatting booktitles: additional period an error if +% book has a volume. +% - fixed bug: editors usually given redundant period before next clause +% (format.editors.dot) removed. +% - added label support for organizations, if both author and editor +% are missing (from alpha.bst). If organization is too long, then +% the key field is used for abbreviated citations. +% - In proceedings or books of several volumes, no comma was written +% between the "Volume x" and the page numbers (this was intentional +% in newapa.bst). Fixed. +% - Some journals may not have volumes/numbers, only month/year (eg. +% IEEE Computer). Fixed bug in article style that assumed volume/number +% was always present. +% +% Original documentation for newapa.sty: +% ===================================== +% +% This version was made by modifying the master file made by +% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX +% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider. +% +% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is authorized only if either +% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or +% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than 'newapa.bst'. +% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes, +% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is: +% spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu or 71160.3141@compuserve.com +% +% This style was made from 'plain.bst', 'named.bst', and 'apalike.bst', +% with lots of tweaking to make it look like APA style, along with tips +% from Young Ryu and Brian Reiser's modifications of 'apalike.bst'. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label.year extra.label sort.year sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t u } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +% Use a colon to separate output. Used only for address/publisher +% combination in book/inbook types, address/institution for manuals, +% and organization:publisher for proceedings (inproceedings). +% +FUNCTION {output.nonnull.colon} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ": " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.colon} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull.colon + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check.colon} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull.colon + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + " (" year * extra.label * + month empty$ + { ")" * } + { ", " * month * ")" * } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +% +% Emphasize the top string on the stack. +% +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +% +% Emphasize the top string on the stack, but add a trailing space. +% +FUNCTION {emphasize.space} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "\/}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +% +% Format bibliographical entries with the first author last name first, +% and subsequent authors with initials followed by last name. +% All names are formatted in this routine. +% +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { nameptr #1 = + {s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := } + {s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := } + if$ + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {my.full.label} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 't := % get the next name + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ + +} + +FUNCTION {format.names.fml} +% +% Format names in "familiar" format, with first initial followed by +% last name. Like format.names, ALL names are formatted. +% +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } +% { " \& " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +% +% Format editor names for use in the "in" types: inbook, incollection, +% inproceedings: first initial, then last names. When editors are the +% LABEL for an entry, then format.editor is used which lists editors +% by last name first. +% +FUNCTION {format.editors.fml} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names.fml + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (Eds.)" * } + { " (Ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% +% Format editor names for use in labels, last names first. +% +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (Eds.)" * } + { " (Ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +% Note that the APA style requres case changes +% in article titles. The following does not +% change cases. If you perfer it, uncomment the +% following and comment out the above. + +%FUNCTION {format.title} +%{ title empty$ +% { "" } +% { title } +% if$ +%} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ edition empty$ + { title emphasize } + { title empty$ + { title emphasize } + { volume empty$ % gnp - check for volume, then don't need period + { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * } + { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.emphasize.booktitle} +{ edition empty$ + { booktitle emphasize } + { booktitle empty$ + { booktitle emphasize } + { volume empty$ % gnp - extra period an error if book has a volume + { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." *} + { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "Number" } % gnp - changed to mixed case always + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp.\ " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % gnp - removed () + { "pp.\ " pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% By Young (and Spencer) +% GNP - fixed bugs with missing volume, number, and/or pages +% +% Format journal, volume, number, pages for article types. +% +FUNCTION {format.jour.vol} +{ journal empty$ + { "no journal in " cite$ * warning$ + "" } + { journal emphasize.space } + if$ + number empty$ + { volume empty$ + { "no number and no volume in " cite$ * warning$ + "" * } + { "~{\em " * Volume * "}" * } + if$ + } + { volume empty$ + {"no volume for " cite$ * warning$ + "~(" * number * ")" * } + { "~" * + volume emphasize.space + "(" * number * ")" * * } + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$ + "" * } % gnp - place a null string on the stack for output + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % gnp - removed pp. for articles + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "Chapter" } % gnp - changed to mixed case + { type "t" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$} % gnp - added check + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * } + { "In " format.editors.fml * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "See" + "\citeN{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "See" + " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +% format.lab.names: +% +% determines "short" names for the abbreviated author information. +% "Long" labels are created in calc.label, using the routine my.full.label +% to format author and editor fields. +% +% There are 4 cases for labels. (n=3 in the example) +% a) one author Foo +% b) one to n Foo, Bar and Baz +% c) use of "and others" Foo, Bar et al. +% d) more than n Foo et al. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #2 > % change number to number of others allowed before + % forcing "et al". + { s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ " et~al." * } + { + numnames #1 - 'namesleft := + #2 'nameptr := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr numnames = + { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + { ", " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "no key, author in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "no key, editor in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label} +% +% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if author is null. +% +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "no key, author or organization in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { organization } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label} +% +% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if editor is null. +% +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "no key, editor or organization in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { organization } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "no key, author, or editor in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +% +% Changed - GNP. See also author.organization.sort, editor.organization.sort +% Form label for BibTeX entry. The classification of which fields are used +% for which type of entry (book, inbook, etc.) are taken from alpha.bst. +% The change here from newapa is to also include organization as a +% citation label if author or editor is missing. +% +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.organization.label + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.key.organization.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + + author empty$ % generate the full label citation information. + { editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { "no author, editor, or organization in " cite$ * warning$ + "??" } + { organization } + if$ + } + { editor my.full.label } + if$ + } + { author my.full.label } + if$ + +% leave label on the stack, to be popped when required. + + "}{" * swap$ * "}{" * +% year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * +% +% save the year for sort processing afterwards (adding a, b, c, etc.) +% + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ + 'label.year := +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + + "\bibitem[\protect\citeauthoryear{" write$ + calc.label write$ + sort.year write$ + "}]{" write$ + + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.jour.vol output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors + "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors + output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + address output + publisher "publisher" output.check.colon + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors + "author and editor" output.check + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages + "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + address output + publisher + "publisher" output.check.colon + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle + "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output % gnp - was special.output.nonnull +% left out comma before page numbers + new.sentence + address output + publisher "publisher" output.check.colon + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref + output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle + "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output + format.pages output + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output.colon + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { organization "organization" output.check + organization format.key output } % if all else fails, use key + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb +% Reversed the order of "address" and "organization", added the ":". + address output + organization "organization" output.check.colon +% address output +% ":" output +% organization output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + new.block + "Ph.\ D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output + organization format.key output } % gnp - changed from author format.key + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ +% author format.key output % gnp - removed (should be either +% editor or organization + output.year.check % added (newapa) + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output.colon + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution + "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {ai} {"Artificial Intelligence"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { " et~al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { "missing author in " cite$ * warning$ + editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +% +% added - GNP. Stack author or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst). +% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations +% +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { organization sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +% +% added - GNP. Stack editor or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst). +% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations +% +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { organization sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} +% +% Presort creates the bibentry's label via a call to calc.label, and then +% sorts the entries based on entry type. Chicago.bst adds support for +% including organizations as the sort key; the following is stolen from +% alpha.bst. +% +{ calc.label sortify % recalculate bibitem label + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % added for newapa + 'sort.label := % added for newapa + sort.label % added for newapa + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, year, author/editor, title + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +% +% Pass through all entries, comparing current entry to last one. +% Need to concatenate year to the stack (done by calc.label) to determine +% if two entries are the same (see presort) +% +{ last.label + calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year + #1 entry.max$ substring$ = % are they equal? + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year + #1 entry.max$ substring$ 'last.label := % assign to last.label + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label.year extra.label * 'sort.year := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order. + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} + +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ +} + + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5816719e3e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1684 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Glenn Paulley", +%%% version = "4", +%%% date = "28 August 1992", +%%% time = "10:24:38 199", +%%% filename = "chicagoa.bst", +%%% address = "Data Structuring Group +%%% Department of Computer Science +%%% University of Waterloo +%%% Waterloo, Ontario, Canada +%%% N2L 3G1", +%%% telephone = "(519) 885-1211", +%%% FAX = "(519) 885-1208", +%%% checksum = "62428 1684 5231 38311", +%%% email = "gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% abstract = "A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the +%%% `B' reference style of the 13th Edition of +%%% the Chicago Manual of Style. Supports annotated +%%% bibliographies through the BibTeX field +%%% `annotation'. A detailed feature list is given +%%% below.", +%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the +%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word +%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and +%%% characters. This is produced by Robert +%%% Solovay's checksum utility.", +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +% +% "Chicago" BibTeX style, chicagoa.bst - Chicago style with annotations +% ===================================================================== +% +% BibTeX `chicagoa' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09 +% Place it in a file called chicagoa.bst in the BibTeX search path. +% You need to include chicago.sty as a \documentstyle option. +% (Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.) +% This "chicago" style is based on newapa.bst (American Psych. Assoc.) +% found at ymir.claremont.edu. Annotation support added 07/09/92. +% Modifications are loosely based on Chicago Manual of Style. +% +% Citation format: (author-last-name year) +% (author-last-name and author-last-name year) +% (author-last-name, author-last-name, and author-last-name year) +% (author-last-name et al. year) +% (author-last-name) +% author-last-name (year) +% (author-last-name and author-last-name) +% (author-last-name et al.) +% (year) or (year,year) +% year or year,year +% +% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one. +% +% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for +% year-only citations. This is done by having the citations +% actually look like +% +% \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year} +% +% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar) +% +% \let\@internalcite\cite +% \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite} +% \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite} +% \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite} +% \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite} +% \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite} +% +% These TeX macro definitions are found in chicago.sty. Additional +% commands to manipulate different components of a citation can be defined +% so that, for example, you can list author's names without parentheses +% if using a citation as a noun or object in a sentence. +% +% This file was originally copied from newapa.bst at ymir.claremont.edu. +% +% Features of chicago.bst: +% ======================= +% +% - supports an "annotation" field for annotated bibliographies. +% - full names used in citations, but abbreviated citations are available +% (see above) +% - if an entry has a "month", then the month and year are also printed +% as part of that bibitem. +% - all conjunctions use "and" instead of "\&" +% - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that +% only the first author in a reference appears last name first- +% additional authors appear as J. Q. Public. +% - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except +% article entries. +% - book, inbook, and manual use "location: publisher" (or organization) +% for address and publisher. All other types list publishers separately. +% - "pp." are used to identify page numbers for all entry types except +% articles. +% - organization is used as a citation label if neither author nor editor +% is present (for manuals). +% - "et al." is used for long author and editor lists, or when "others" +% is used. +% +% Modifications and bug fixes from newapa.bst: +% =========================================== +% +% - added month, year to bib entries if month is present +% - fixed bug with In proceedings, added necessary comma after title +% - all conjunctions changed to "and" from "\&" +% - fixed bug with author labels in my.full.label: "et al." now is +% generated when "others" is an author name +% - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that +% only the first author in a reference appears last name first- +% additional authors appear as J. Q. Public. +% - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except +% article entries. Unnecessary (IMHO) "()" around page numbers +% were removed, and page numbers now don't end with a period. +% - created chicago.sty for use with this bibstyle (required). +% - fixed bugs in FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} for missing volume, +% number, and /or pages. Renamed to format.jour.vol. +% - fixed bug in formatting booktitles: additional period an error if +% book has a volume. +% - fixed bug: editors usually given redundant period before next clause +% (format.editors.dot) removed. +% - added label support for organizations, if both author and editor +% are missing (from alpha.bst). If organization is too long, then +% the key field is used for abbreviated citations. +% - In proceedings or books of several volumes, no comma was written +% between the "Volume x" and the page numbers (this was intentional +% in newapa.bst). Fixed. +% - Some journals may not have volumes/numbers, only month/year (eg. +% IEEE Computer). Fixed bug in article style that assumed volume/number +% was always present. +% +% Original documentation for newapa.sty: +% ===================================== +% +% This version was made by modifying the master file made by +% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX +% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider. +% +% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is authorized only if either +% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or +% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than 'newapa.bst'. +% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes, +% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is: +% spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu or 71160.3141@compuserve.com +% +% This style was made from 'plain.bst', 'named.bst', and 'apalike.bst', +% with lots of tweaking to make it look like APA style, along with tips +% from Young Ryu and Brian Reiser's modifications of 'apalike.bst'. + +ENTRY + { address + annotation + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label.year extra.label sort.year sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t u } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +% Use a colon to separate output. Used only for address/publisher +% combination in book/inbook types, address/institution for manuals, +% and organization:publisher for proceedings (inproceedings). +% +FUNCTION {output.nonnull.colon} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ": " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.colon} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull.colon + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check.colon} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull.colon + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + " (" year * extra.label * + month empty$ + { ")" * } + { ", " * month * ")" * } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +% +% Emphasize the top string on the stack. +% +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +% +% Emphasize the top string on the stack, but add a trailing space. +% +FUNCTION {emphasize.space} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "\/}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +% +% Format bibliographical entries with the first author last name first, +% and subsequent authors with initials followed by last name. +% All names are formatted in this routine. +% +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { nameptr #1 = + {s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := } + {s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := } + if$ + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {my.full.label} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 't := % get the next name + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ + +} + +FUNCTION {format.names.fml} +% +% Format names in "familiar" format, with first initial followed by +% last name. Like format.names, ALL names are formatted. +% +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } +% { " \& " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.annotation} +{ annotation empty$ + { "" } + { " \begin{quotation}\noindent " + annotation + * " \end{quotation} " * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +% +% Format editor names for use in the "in" types: inbook, incollection, +% inproceedings: first initial, then last names. When editors are the +% LABEL for an entry, then format.editor is used which lists editors +% by last name first. +% +FUNCTION {format.editors.fml} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names.fml + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (Eds.)" * } + { " (Ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% +% Format editor names for use in labels, last names first. +% +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (Eds.)" * } + { " (Ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +% Note that the APA style requres case changes +% in article titles. The following does not +% change cases. If you perfer it, uncomment the +% following and comment out the above. + +%FUNCTION {format.title} +%{ title empty$ +% { "" } +% { title } +% if$ +%} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ edition empty$ + { title emphasize } + { title empty$ + { title emphasize } + { volume empty$ % gnp - check for volume, then don't need period + { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * } + { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.emphasize.booktitle} +{ edition empty$ + { booktitle emphasize } + { booktitle empty$ + { booktitle emphasize } + { volume empty$ % gnp - extra period an error if book has a volume + { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." *} + { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "Number" } % gnp - changed to mixed case always + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp.\ " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % gnp - removed () + { "pp.\ " pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% By Young (and Spencer) +% GNP - fixed bugs with missing volume, number, and/or pages +% +% Format journal, volume, number, pages for article types. +% +FUNCTION {format.jour.vol} +{ journal empty$ + { "no journal in " cite$ * warning$ + "" } + { journal emphasize.space } + if$ + number empty$ + { volume empty$ + { "no number and no volume in " cite$ * warning$ + "" * } + { "~{\em " * Volume * "}" * } + if$ + } + { volume empty$ + {"no volume for " cite$ * warning$ + "~(" * number * ")" * } + { "~" * + volume emphasize.space + "(" * number * ")" * * } + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$ + "" * } % gnp - place a null string on the stack for output + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % gnp - removed pp. for articles + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "Chapter" } % gnp - changed to mixed case + { type "t" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$} % gnp - added check + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * } + { "In " format.editors.fml * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "See" + "\citeN{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "See" + " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +% format.lab.names: +% +% determines "short" names for the abbreviated author information. +% "Long" labels are created in calc.label, using the routine my.full.label +% to format author and editor fields. +% +% There are 4 cases for labels. (n=3 in the example) +% a) one author Foo +% b) one to n Foo, Bar and Baz +% c) use of "and others" Foo, Bar et al. +% d) more than n Foo et al. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #2 > % change number to number of others allowed before + % forcing "et al". + { s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ " et~al." * } + { + numnames #1 - 'namesleft := + #2 'nameptr := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr numnames = + { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + { ", " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "no key, author in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "no key, editor in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label} +% +% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if author is null. +% +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "no key, author or organization in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { organization } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label} +% +% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if editor is null. +% +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "no key, editor or organization in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { organization } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "no key, author, or editor in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +% +% Changed - GNP. See also author.organization.sort, editor.organization.sort +% Form label for BibTeX entry. The classification of which fields are used +% for which type of entry (book, inbook, etc.) are taken from alpha.bst. +% The change here from newapa is to also include organization as a +% citation label if author or editor is missing. +% +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.organization.label + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.key.organization.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + + author empty$ % generate the full label citation information. + { editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { "no author, editor, or organization in " cite$ * warning$ + "??" } + { organization } + if$ + } + { editor my.full.label } + if$ + } + { author my.full.label } + if$ + +% leave label on the stack, to be popped when required. + + "}{" * swap$ * "}{" * +% year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * +% +% save the year for sort processing afterwards (adding a, b, c, etc.) +% + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ + 'label.year := +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + + "\bibitem[\protect\citeauthoryear{" write$ + calc.label write$ + sort.year write$ + "}]{" write$ + + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.jour.vol output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors + "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors + output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + address output + publisher "publisher" output.check.colon + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors + "author and editor" output.check + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages + "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + address output + publisher + "publisher" output.check.colon + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle + "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output % gnp - was special.output.nonnull +% left out comma before page numbers + new.sentence + address output + publisher "publisher" output.check.colon + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref + output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle + "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output + format.pages output + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output.colon + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { organization "organization" output.check + organization format.key output } % if all else fails, use key + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb +% Reversed the order of "address" and "organization", added the ":". + address output + organization "organization" output.check.colon +% address output +% ":" output +% organization output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + new.block + "Ph.\ D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output + organization format.key output } % gnp - changed from author format.key + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ +% author format.key output % gnp - removed (should be either +% editor or organization + output.year.check % added (newapa) + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output.colon + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution + "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry + format.annotation write$ +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {ai} {"Artificial Intelligence"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { " et~al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { "missing author in " cite$ * warning$ + editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +% +% added - GNP. Stack author or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst). +% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations +% +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { organization sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +% +% added - GNP. Stack editor or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst). +% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations +% +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { organization sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} +% +% Presort creates the bibentry's label via a call to calc.label, and then +% sorts the entries based on entry type. Chicago.bst adds support for +% including organizations as the sort key; the following is stolen from +% alpha.bst. +% +{ calc.label sortify % recalculate bibitem label + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % added for newapa + 'sort.label := % added for newapa + sort.label % added for newapa + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, year, author/editor, title + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +% +% Pass through all entries, comparing current entry to last one. +% Need to concatenate year to the stack (done by calc.label) to determine +% if two entries are the same (see presort) +% +{ last.label + calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year + #1 entry.max$ substring$ = % are they equal? + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year + #1 entry.max$ substring$ 'last.label := % assign to last.label + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label.year extra.label * 'sort.year := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order. + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} + +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ +} + + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1ebf5065bee --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1292 @@ +%%% Econometrica bibliography style +%%% For use with harvard.sty and LaTeX2e (NFSS) or LaTeX 2.09 +%%% 24-aug-94 +%%% +%%% Based on makebst, but with modifications by +%%% kcb@hss.caltech.edu (KC Border) +%%% Please report any problems to me. +%%% +%%% The main changes from the ouput of makebst are: +%%% 1. Addition of a function to replace repeated authors with a 3 em dash. +%%% (Search for compare.names, this function is portable.) +%%% 2. Modification of output.nonnull to allow commas inside quotation marks +%%% and no comma after year. +%%% 3.Eliminated feature (bug?) of the harvard style of citation. +%%% It creates a short label for subsequent citations. This alleged +%%% feature shortens both Aliprantis, Border, and Luxemburg (1991) and +%%% Aliprantis, Brown, and Burkinshaw (1991) to Aliprantis et~al. (1991). +%%% This creates the need to label these as +%%% Aliprantis, Border, and Luxemburg (1991a) and +%%% Aliprantis, Brown, and Burkinshaw (1991b), despite the fact +%%% that these entries have different authors. I used my own format +%%% for creating the labels, and used the same label for +%%% both the short and long forms. I know that the +%%% _Chicago_Manual_of_Style recommends using Aliprantis et~al, +%% but Econometrica regularly writes out three authors, +%% and it is rare to cite an article with more than four authors in +%%% Econometrica. (I couldn't find an example of even four being cited, +%%% but I didn't spend a lot of time looking.) +%%% 4. Addition of macros to handle editions. (My own idiosycracy.) +%%% 5. A new entry type called issue for special issues of a journal. +%%% (Another idiosyncracy.) +%%% 6. Many details to conform to Econometrica's quirks. +%%% (Search for KCB ) +%%% 7. I wrote this for use with LaTeX2e and the NFSS2. However, I did +%%% add some macros so it will work with LaTeX 2.09. +%%% (Search for \ifx\undefined\emph ) +%%% The remainder of this file was generated by makebst, except for +%%% modifications marked with KCB. +%% +%% This is file `em.bst', generated +%% on <1994/8/17> with the docstrip utility (2.2h). +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% genbst.mbs (with options: `ay,har,nm-rev1,nmft-sc,dt-beg,yr-par,tit-qq,atit-u,thtit-a,volp-com,edby,blk-com,pp,ed,abr,and-com,nfss') +%% ---------------------------------------- +%% *** Econometrica style *** +%% +%% (Here are the specifications of the source file) +%% \def\filename{genbst.mbs} +%% \def\filedate{1994 July 1} +%% \def\fileversion{1.3} +%% For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09 +%%------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% NOTICE: +%% This file may be used for non-profit purposes. +%% It may not be distributed in exchange for money, +%% other than distribution costs. +%% +%% The author provides it `as is' and does not guarantee it in any way. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 1994 Patrick W. Daly +%% Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Aeronomie +%% Postfach 20 +%% D-37189 Katlenburg-Lindau +%% Germany +%% +%% E-mail: +%% SPAN-- nsp::linmpi::daly (note nsp also known as ecd1) +%% Internet-- daly@linmpi.dnet.gwdg.de +%%----------------------------------------------------------- +%% \CharacterTable +%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +%%--------------------------------------------------------------------- + % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is + % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a style option to function properly. + % The appropriate style file is: harvard.sty + % The form of the bibitem entries is + % \harvarditem[Jones et al.]{Jones, Baker, and Smith}{1990}{key}... + % There are style changes that may be specified in the text with + % the command \citationstyle. + % \citeasnoun{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990) + % \cite{key} ==>> (Jones et al. 1990) + % \cite[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al. 1990, chap. 2) + % On the first citation of any work, the full author list is used. +%%--------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } %%%KCB: removed long.label + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +%%%KCB: new output state, no.comma +INTEGERS { no.comma} + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := + #4 'no.comma := %%%KCB +} + +STRINGS { s t } + + +%%%KCB: revise to use new output state +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state no.comma = %%%KCB: if in this state, write a space + { " " * write$ before.all 'output.state := } %%%KCB + { output.state mid.sentence = %%%KCB: add brace at beginning + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } %%%KCB: matching brace + if$ %%%KCB: test for no.comma state + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\harvarditem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" label * "}{" * write$ %%%KCB: replaced long.label with label + year duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "????" } + 'skip$ + if$ + extra.label * "}{" * write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +%%%KCB: Here is a portable set of routines to check for repeated authors +%%% and replace them with a 3 em dash +%%% According to _Chicago_Manual_of_Style_, a dash is used to +%%% replace an author's name only if the entire list is the same, so: +%%% Compare names. See if prev.name is identical to CurrList. +%%% If not, then just output CurrList. +%%% If so, replace with \BySame +%%% I use a conservative matching scheme, +%%% and check to see if full names are identical, +%%% even though we only use initials. +%%% This may mean that you have to correct your .bib database +%%% to ensure consistency. +%%% +%%% sample usage: +%%% search for {format.author} + +INTEGERS {currNum prevNum} + +STRINGS {PrevList CurrList prev.name PrevTemp CurrTemp} + +%%%KCB: Initialize prev.name ot some nonsense string: + +FUNCTION {init.prev.name} +{ +"My puppy Harley" 'prev.name := +} + +%%%KCB: Must EXECUTE {init.prev.name} after READ + +%%%KCB: compare.names +FUNCTION {compare.names} +{ prev.name 'PrevList := + duplicate$ 'prev.name := % make current list the new previous list + 'CurrList := + PrevList num.names$ 'prevNum := + CurrList num.names$ 'currNum := +% + prevNum currNum = %% If prevNum = currNum + { "" 'PrevTemp := %% Then take this branch + "" 'CurrTemp := + #1 'nameptr := %%% start with first name in each list + { nameptr prevNum > not }%% while nameptr <= prevNum +%% Format both lists the same way. +%% Use full names: bib file might need to be corrected + { + PrevList nameptr "{ff }{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ PrevTemp * 'PrevTemp := + CurrList nameptr "{ff }{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ CurrTemp * 'CurrTemp := + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := } + while$ +%% Now compare : + PrevTemp CurrTemp = %% If PrevTemp = CurrTemp + { "\BySame{}" } + { CurrList } + if$ + } + { CurrList } %% If not prevNum = currNum + if$ %% If prevNum = currNum +} + +%%% +%%% +%%%KCB: End of new routine. + + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := } + if$ + nameptr #1 > + { + namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { + ", " * + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " {\small and} " * t * } %%%KCB: added \small + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.names.ed} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr + "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" + format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { + namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { + ", " * + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " {\small and} " * t * } %%%KCB: added \small + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { "\textsc{" author compare.names format.names * "} " * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { "\textsc{" editor compare.names format.names * " }" * + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (eds.)" * } + { " (ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names.ed + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title + "``" swap$ * ",'' " * + } +no.comma 'output.state := %%%KCB: + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {word.in} +{ "in " } + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year duplicate$ empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * "; set to ????" * warning$ + pop$ "????" } + 'skip$ + if$ + " (" swap$ * extra.label * "):" * %%%KCB: added : + before.all 'output.state := %%%KCB: +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +no.comma 'output.state := %%%KCB: +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "no." } + { "No." } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chap." } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { word.in booktitle emphasize * } + { word.in booktitle emphasize * ", ed. by " * %%%KCB: abbrv ed. + format.in.editors * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Discussion Paper" } %%%KCB: changed default + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ + word.in + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + word.in + } + { "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ + word.in + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.title "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + format.date "year" output.check + format.btitle "title" output.check + mid.sentence 'output.state := %%%KCB: + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished output + address output + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + format.date "year" output.check + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.title "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.title "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address output + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +%%%KCB: special issue of a journal with a special editor + +FUNCTION {issue} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization output + address output + format.edition output + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.title "title" output.check + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.title output + howpublished output + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.title "title" output.check + "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.title "title" output.check + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output + format.date "year" output.check + format.title "title" output.check + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +%%%KCB: removed computer science journal macros +%%%KCB: added following macros for editions +MACRO {first} {"1st "} +MACRO {second} {"2d "} +MACRO {third} {"3d "} +MACRO {fourth} {"4th "} +MACRO {fifth} {"5th "} +MACRO {sixth} {"6th"} +MACRO {seventh} {"7th "} +MACRO {eighth} {"8th "} +MACRO {ninth} {"9th "} +MACRO {tenth} {"10th "} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + + +%%%KCB: Change format of labels: +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +%%%KCB: removed FUNCTION {format.long.lab.names} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +%%%KCB: use entire year field as label + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + type$ "issue" = %%%KCB: need for new entry type + or %%%KCB + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + ", " + * + year field.or.null + * + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {calc.short.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + 'label := +} + +%%%KCB: removed FUNCTION {calc.long.label} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr + "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" + format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + type$ "issue" = %%%KCB: need for new entry type + or %%%KCB + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.label := + sort.label + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +EXECUTE {init.prev.name} %%%KCB: needed for replacing repeated authors + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := + calc.short.label +%%%KCB: removed calc.long.label +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ +%%%KCB: add defn of \BySame, can be overridden in document +"\ifx\undefined\BySame" write$ newline$ + "\newcommand{\BySame}{\leavevmode\rule[.5ex]{3em}{.5pt}\ }" + write$ newline$ + "\fi" write$ newline$ +%%% KCB: For those who still cling to LaTeX 2.09 +"\ifx\undefined\textsc" write$ newline$ + "\newcommand{\textsc}[1]{{\sc #1}}" + write$ newline$ + "\newcommand{\emph}[1]{{\em #1\/}}" + write$ newline$ +"\let\tmpsmall\small" write$ newline$ +"\renewcommand{\small}{\tmpsmall\sc}" write$ newline$ + "\fi" write$ newline$ +%%% + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +"Done." top$ %%%KCB: Signal end for NeXTeX's TexView +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} +%% End of customized bst file diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..039498ebd7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1134 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Alan Rogers", +%%% version = "1.1", +%%% date = "1990", +%%% filename = "humanbio.bst", +%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah, +%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112", +%%% checksum = "32432 1134 3172 23669", +%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu", +%%% supported = "no", +%%% docstring = "The file produces bibliographies more or +%%% less in the format of the journal Human +%%% Biology. It was adapted from apalike.bst, +%%% incorporating features of Sake J. +%%% Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +%%% +%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...} +%%% ... +%%% \bibliographystyle{humanbio} +%%% ... +%%% +%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes +%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in +%%% TeX's search path. +%%% +%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}', +%%% which generates references in short form. +%%% For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would +%%% produce `Rogers (1992)'." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +%%%%%%%%%% +% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version) +% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a. +% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all +% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'. +% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical. +% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'. +% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst. +% +% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty). +% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels +% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately +% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma, +% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either +% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field. +% +% Editorial note: +% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly, +% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something +% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars, +% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better +% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for +% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical" +% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth +% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new +% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically +% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions +% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing +% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage. +% +% History: +% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik. +% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length +% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message. +% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a; +% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title; +% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month not used in apalike + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + " " year * extra.label * "" * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % there's no year + organization output % here so things + publisher output % are simpler + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR) +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR) +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * "}" * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +% Now that the label is right we sort for real, +% on sort.label then year then title. This is +% for the second sorting pass. +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..425ac08d789 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1205 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Alan Rogers", +%%% version = "1.03", +%%% date = "29 June 1992", +%%% time = "09:34:02 MDT", +%%% filename = "humanbio.bst", +%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah, +%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112", +%%% checksum = "39728 1205 3408 25147", +%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu", +%%% supported = "no", +%%% docstring = "The file produces bibliographies more or +%%% less in the format of the journals Human +%%% Nature and American Anthropologist. It was +%%% adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating +%%% features of Sake J. Hogeveen's +%%% `astron.bst'. +%%% +%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...} +%%% ... +%%% \bibliographystyle{humannat} +%%% ... +%%% +%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes +%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in +%%% TeX's search path. +%%% +%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}', +%%% which generates references in short form. +%%% For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would +%%% produce `Rogers (1992)'." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version) +% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a. +% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all +% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'. +% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical. +% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'. +% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst. +% +% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty). +% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels +% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately +% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma, +% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either +% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field. +% +% Editorial note: +% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly, +% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something +% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars, +% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better +% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for +% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical" +% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth +% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new +% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically +% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions +% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing +% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage. +% +% History: +% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik. +% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length +% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message. +% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a; +% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title; +% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month not used in apalike + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ +% " (" year * extra.label * ")" * + " " year * extra.label * % for humannature + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % last name last + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editor.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ + "\leavevmode\nopagebreak\newline" * % for humannature +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { author empty$ + { editor format.names } + { editor format.editor.names } + if$ + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", eds." * } % for humannature + { ", ed." * } % for humannature + if$ + } + if$ + author empty$ + { "\leavevmode\nopagebreak\newline" * } + { "" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.address.publisher} +{ address empty$ + { + publisher empty$ + { "" } + { publisher } + if$ + } + { + publisher empty$ + { address ": [publisher unknown]" * } + { address ": " * publisher * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "Pp.~" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "P.~" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.editors * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.edition output + new.block + format.address.publisher output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.block + format.address.publisher output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.block + format.address.publisher output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % there's no year + organization output % here so things + publisher output % are simpler + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR) +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR) +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * "}" * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +% Now that the label is right we sort for real, +% on sort.label then year then title. This is +% for the second sorting pass. +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5e4eaa102ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1833 @@ +%% ===================================================================== +%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file. It was produced automatically by +%% Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc +%% on Wed May 15 10:36:03 MDT 1996. +%% ===================================================================== +%%%===================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe", +%%% version = "2.03", +%%% date = "15 May 1996", +%%% time = "10:35:51 MDT", +%%% filename = "is-abbrv.bst", +%%% address = "Center for Scientific Computing +%%% Department of Mathematics +%%% University of Utah +%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112 +%%% USA", +%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254", +%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148", +%%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe", +%%% checksum = "47504 1833 4630 37425", +%%% email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "BibTeX, style, bibliography", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% docstring = "This file is a modification of the standard +%%% BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file +%%% derived from that modification. It contains +%%% optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, +%%% LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES +%%% fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended +%%% citation label suffixing. +%%% +%%% In addition, date formatting supports a day +%%% keyword, so that bibliography entries can be +%%% written with +%%% +%%% day = {23}, +%%% month = aug, +%%% +%%% instead of the language-dependent awkward +%%% forms required by the standard styles +%%% +%%% month = {23~} # aug, +%%% month = aug # {~23}, +%%% +%%% These older forms are, of course, still +%%% handled correctly. +%%% +%%% The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to +%%% extract the standard styles, as follows: +%%% +%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst +%%% cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst +%%% cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst +%%% cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst +%%% +%%% To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe +%%% the output through the checksum program, e.g. +%%% +%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst +%%% +%%% The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this +%%% job, and provides some extra leading comments +%%% in the generated style files warning the user +%%% not to modify them. +%%% +%%% Additional optional definitions are recognized +%%% to provide extensions to the standard styles: +%%% +%%% -D_CODEN for CODEN output +%%% +%%% -D_ISBN for ISBN output +%%% +%%% -D_ISSN for ISSN output +%%% +%%% -D_LCCN for LCCN output +%%% +%%% -D_PRICE for price output, +%%% +%%% -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual, +%%% and thesis pages output. +%%% +%%% -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform +%%% Resource Locator (URL) output. +%%% +%%% -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric +%%% label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of +%%% letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly +%%% handle alpha-style bibliographies with more +%%% than 26 entries for a single author in one +%%% year. Change letter suffix code to switch +%%% to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters +%%% are used, so that no matter which scheme is +%%% selected, correct output will always be +%%% obtained. +%%% +%%% The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL +%%% values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{} +%%% etc. that the user can provide alternate +%%% definitions of to change the formatting, or +%%% to suppress their output altogether. That +%%% way, output identical to that of the four +%%% standard BibTeX style files can be obtained +%%% with these extended files, if these macros +%%% are defined to expand to empty strings. +%%% +%%% URL handling is slightly more complex, +%%% because URLs can contain characters which TeX +%%% must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter +%%% font, and such text cannot readily appear +%%% inside nested macro arguments. Consequently, +%%% URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like +%%% this: +%%% \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi +%%% where \showURL takes no argument, and +%%% normally expands to the 4-character string +%%% URL. The grouping braces ensure that +%%% any font changes made by \showURL remain +%%% localized. Vertical bar is chosen as the +%%% verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot +%%% appear in URLs. The other prohibited ISO +%%% Latin 1 characters are the non-printing +%%% control characters 0..31, plus those in the +%%% range 128..255, plus the ten special +%%% characters +%%% +%%% { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > ` +%%% +%%% See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more +%%% details. (Backquote is not even mentioned +%%% there.) +%%% +%%% As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e +%%% you might define +%%% \newcommand{\showURL}{URL +%%% \let \oldtt = \tt +%%% \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}} +%%% to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font. +%%% +%%% If desired, a sed script can be used to +%%% eliminate non-essential comments (this +%%% reduces the file size by 2/3); a command +%%% filter step like +%%% sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d' +%%% will accomplish that job. +%%% +%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the +%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word +%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and +%%% characters. This is produced by Robert +%%% Solovay's checksum utility." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% Revision history (reverse time order): +%%% +%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996] +%%% Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries, +%%% and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes +%%% do have ISBNs). +%%% +%%% Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, +%%% PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment +%%% to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments, +%%% PROVIDED they are not already defined. That way, the user can +%%% provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography +%%% environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or +%%% to alter the font used. +%%% +%%% Substantially revise leading comments to better document the +%%% extensions. +%%% +%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996] +%%% Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function. +%%% Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles +%%% in BibTeX 1.0. +%%% +%%% Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse +%%% page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a +%%% single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish +%%% between one-page documents, and documents missing final page +%%% numbers. +%%% +%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994] +%%% Add URL output support. +%%% +%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994] +%%% Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them +%%% like Book and InBook pages. +%%% +%%% Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of +%%% ISSN. +%%% +%%% Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one +%%% exists, and vice versa. The reason is that some periodicals +%%% (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates) +%%% have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either +%%% as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes. +%%% +%%% For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for +%%% a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a +%%% bibliographic reference without it is incomplete. +%%% +%%% Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before +%%% price output added with version 1.03. +%%% +%%% Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values +%%% as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document +%%% type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in +%%% the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC +%%% and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent +%%% them). The need for this change has been discussed with +%%% BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good +%%% possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change +%%% implemented here. This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will +%%% produce different .bbl file formatting. However, the TUG and +%%% BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address +%%% to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so +%%% already conform to the new practice. +%%% +%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994] +%%% Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support. +%%% +%%% Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif +%%% labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C +%%% Standard. +%%% +%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993] +%%% Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent +%%% substitution in comments +%%% +%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993] +%%% Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number) +%%% and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price +%%% selectable by preprocessor conditionals. +%%% +%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991] +%%% Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less +%%% line breaks around volume(number):page. +%%% +%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991] +%%% Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program. +%%% +%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990] +%%% Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into +%%% this master file, xbtxbst.doc. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +%% BibTeX `plain' family +%% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. +%% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. +%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either +%% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or +%% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than +%% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. +%% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. +%% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + + coden + + day + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + + isbn + + + issn + + journal + key + + lccn + + month + note + number + organization + pages + + price + + publisher + school + series + title + type + + URL + + volume + year + } + {} + + { label } + + + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + + +STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + + "\bibitem{" write$ + + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.coden} +{ coden empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *} + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.isbn} +{ isbn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.issn} +{ issn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.lccn} +{ lccn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.price} +{ price empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.url} +{ url empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *} + if$ +} + + + + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + + { title "t" change.case$ } + + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange} +{ 't := % save input page range string + t 'original.t := % save original page range + "" 'b := % beginning page number + "" 'e := % ending page number + { t empty$ not } % while-loop Boolean condition + { % while-loop body + t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = % have we found the en-dash? + { + t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e := % yes, save ending page number + "" 't := % and set t to empty string to terminate loop + } + { + b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string + } + if$ + } + while$ % on exit, t has ending page number string + e b = % are beginning and ending numbers the same? + { b } % yes, return the beginning page number string + { original.t } % no, return the original page number string + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { + day empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + day empty$ + { } + { " " * day * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + { + day empty$ + { year } + { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + { + month " " * + day empty$ + { } + { day * ", " * } + if$ + year * + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + + +FUNCTION {format.book.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { new.block pages " pp." * } + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { + pages multi.page.check + { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := } + { pages 'new.pages := } + if$ + new.pages multi.page.check + { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + + key empty$ not and + + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher "publisher" output.check + format.date "year" output.check + } + { new.sentence + organization output + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + + format.book.pages output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.book.pages output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.book.pages output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {periodical} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + title emphasize "title" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.sentence + publisher output + address output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing + format.date "year" output.check + } + { new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.isbn output % NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + + format.url output + + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + + + + +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} + +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} + +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} + +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} + +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} + +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} + +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} + +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + + + + + + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} + +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} + +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} + + + + +READ + + + + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + + + + + + + + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {presort} + +{ type$ "book" = + + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + + +SORT + + + + + + + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + + + + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} + +{ preamble$ empty$ + + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ + + "\ifx \showCODEN \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showISBN \undefined \def \showISBN #1{ISBN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showISSN \undefined \def \showISSN #1{ISSN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showLCCN \undefined \def \showLCCN #1{LCCN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showPRICE \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showURL \undefined \def \showURL {URL } \fi" write$ newline$ + "\ifx \path \undefined \input path.sty \fi" write$ newline$ + "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$ + " \newif \ifshowURL" write$ newline$ + " \showURLtrue" write$ newline$ + "\fi" write$ newline$ + +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + + +ITERATE {call.type$} + + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e30c422a18 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst @@ -0,0 +1,2020 @@ +%% ===================================================================== +%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file. It was produced automatically by +%% Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc +%% on Wed May 15 10:36:04 MDT 1996. +%% ===================================================================== +%%%===================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe", +%%% version = "2.03", +%%% date = "15 May 1996", +%%% time = "10:35:51 MDT", +%%% filename = "is-alpha.bst", +%%% address = "Center for Scientific Computing +%%% Department of Mathematics +%%% University of Utah +%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112 +%%% USA", +%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254", +%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148", +%%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe", +%%% checksum = "49675 2020 5086 41225", +%%% email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "BibTeX, style, bibliography", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% docstring = "This file is a modification of the standard +%%% BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file +%%% derived from that modification. It contains +%%% optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, +%%% LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES +%%% fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended +%%% citation label suffixing. +%%% +%%% In addition, date formatting supports a day +%%% keyword, so that bibliography entries can be +%%% written with +%%% +%%% day = {23}, +%%% month = aug, +%%% +%%% instead of the language-dependent awkward +%%% forms required by the standard styles +%%% +%%% month = {23~} # aug, +%%% month = aug # {~23}, +%%% +%%% These older forms are, of course, still +%%% handled correctly. +%%% +%%% The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to +%%% extract the standard styles, as follows: +%%% +%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst +%%% cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst +%%% cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst +%%% cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst +%%% +%%% To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe +%%% the output through the checksum program, e.g. +%%% +%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst +%%% +%%% The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this +%%% job, and provides some extra leading comments +%%% in the generated style files warning the user +%%% not to modify them. +%%% +%%% Additional optional definitions are recognized +%%% to provide extensions to the standard styles: +%%% +%%% -D_CODEN for CODEN output +%%% +%%% -D_ISBN for ISBN output +%%% +%%% -D_ISSN for ISSN output +%%% +%%% -D_LCCN for LCCN output +%%% +%%% -D_PRICE for price output, +%%% +%%% -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual, +%%% and thesis pages output. +%%% +%%% -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform +%%% Resource Locator (URL) output. +%%% +%%% -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric +%%% label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of +%%% letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly +%%% handle alpha-style bibliographies with more +%%% than 26 entries for a single author in one +%%% year. Change letter suffix code to switch +%%% to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters +%%% are used, so that no matter which scheme is +%%% selected, correct output will always be +%%% obtained. +%%% +%%% The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL +%%% values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{} +%%% etc. that the user can provide alternate +%%% definitions of to change the formatting, or +%%% to suppress their output altogether. That +%%% way, output identical to that of the four +%%% standard BibTeX style files can be obtained +%%% with these extended files, if these macros +%%% are defined to expand to empty strings. +%%% +%%% URL handling is slightly more complex, +%%% because URLs can contain characters which TeX +%%% must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter +%%% font, and such text cannot readily appear +%%% inside nested macro arguments. Consequently, +%%% URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like +%%% this: +%%% \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi +%%% where \showURL takes no argument, and +%%% normally expands to the 4-character string +%%% URL. The grouping braces ensure that +%%% any font changes made by \showURL remain +%%% localized. Vertical bar is chosen as the +%%% verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot +%%% appear in URLs. The other prohibited ISO +%%% Latin 1 characters are the non-printing +%%% control characters 0..31, plus those in the +%%% range 128..255, plus the ten special +%%% characters +%%% +%%% { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > ` +%%% +%%% See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more +%%% details. (Backquote is not even mentioned +%%% there.) +%%% +%%% As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e +%%% you might define +%%% \newcommand{\showURL}{URL +%%% \let \oldtt = \tt +%%% \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}} +%%% to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font. +%%% +%%% If desired, a sed script can be used to +%%% eliminate non-essential comments (this +%%% reduces the file size by 2/3); a command +%%% filter step like +%%% sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d' +%%% will accomplish that job. +%%% +%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the +%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word +%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and +%%% characters. This is produced by Robert +%%% Solovay's checksum utility." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% Revision history (reverse time order): +%%% +%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996] +%%% Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries, +%%% and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes +%%% do have ISBNs). +%%% +%%% Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, +%%% PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment +%%% to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments, +%%% PROVIDED they are not already defined. That way, the user can +%%% provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography +%%% environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or +%%% to alter the font used. +%%% +%%% Substantially revise leading comments to better document the +%%% extensions. +%%% +%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996] +%%% Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function. +%%% Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles +%%% in BibTeX 1.0. +%%% +%%% Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse +%%% page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a +%%% single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish +%%% between one-page documents, and documents missing final page +%%% numbers. +%%% +%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994] +%%% Add URL output support. +%%% +%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994] +%%% Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them +%%% like Book and InBook pages. +%%% +%%% Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of +%%% ISSN. +%%% +%%% Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one +%%% exists, and vice versa. The reason is that some periodicals +%%% (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates) +%%% have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either +%%% as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes. +%%% +%%% For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for +%%% a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a +%%% bibliographic reference without it is incomplete. +%%% +%%% Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before +%%% price output added with version 1.03. +%%% +%%% Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values +%%% as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document +%%% type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in +%%% the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC +%%% and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent +%%% them). The need for this change has been discussed with +%%% BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good +%%% possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change +%%% implemented here. This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will +%%% produce different .bbl file formatting. However, the TUG and +%%% BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address +%%% to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so +%%% already conform to the new practice. +%%% +%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994] +%%% Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support. +%%% +%%% Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif +%%% labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C +%%% Standard. +%%% +%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993] +%%% Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent +%%% substitution in comments +%%% +%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993] +%%% Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number) +%%% and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price +%%% selectable by preprocessor conditionals. +%%% +%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991] +%%% Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less +%%% line breaks around volume(number):page. +%%% +%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991] +%%% Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program. +%%% +%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990] +%%% Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into +%%% this master file, xbtxbst.doc. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +%% BibTeX `plain' family +%% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. +%% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. +%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either +%% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or +%% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than +%% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. +%% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. +%% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + + coden + + day + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + + isbn + + + issn + + journal + key + + lccn + + month + note + number + organization + pages + + price + + publisher + school + series + title + type + + URL + + volume + year + } + {} + + + { label extra.label sort.label } + + + + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + + +STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.coden} +{ coden empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *} + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.isbn} +{ isbn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.issn} +{ issn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.lccn} +{ lccn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.price} +{ price empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.url} +{ url empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *} + if$ +} + + + + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + + { title "t" change.case$ } + + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange} +{ 't := % save input page range string + t 'original.t := % save original page range + "" 'b := % beginning page number + "" 'e := % ending page number + { t empty$ not } % while-loop Boolean condition + { % while-loop body + t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = % have we found the en-dash? + { + t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e := % yes, save ending page number + "" 't := % and set t to empty string to terminate loop + } + { + b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string + } + if$ + } + while$ % on exit, t has ending page number string + e b = % are beginning and ending numbers the same? + { b } % yes, return the beginning page number string + { original.t } % no, return the original page number string + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { + day empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + day empty$ + { } + { " " * day * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + { + day empty$ + { year } + { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + { + month " " * + day empty$ + { } + { day * ", " * } + if$ + year * + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + + +FUNCTION {format.book.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { new.block pages " pp." * } + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { + pages multi.page.check + { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := } + { pages 'new.pages := } + if$ + new.pages multi.page.check + { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + + key empty$ not and + + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher "publisher" output.check + format.date "year" output.check + } + { new.sentence + organization output + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + + format.book.pages output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.book.pages output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.book.pages output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {periodical} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + title emphasize "title" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.sentence + publisher output + address output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing + format.date "year" output.check + } + { new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.isbn output % NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + + format.url output + + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + + + + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + + + + + + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + + + + +READ + + + + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + + + + + + +INTEGERS { et.al.char.used } + +FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used} +{ #0 'et.al.char.used := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #1 > + { numnames #4 > + { #3 'namesleft := } + { numnames 'namesleft := } + if$ + #1 'nameptr := + "" + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr numnames = + { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { "{\etalchar{+}}" * + #1 'et.al.char.used := + } + { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ + numnames #4 > + { "{\etalchar{+}}" * + #1 'et.al.char.used := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ + duplicate$ text.length$ #2 < + { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.organization.label + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.key.organization.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$ + * + 'label := + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ + * + sortify 'sort.label := +} + + + + + + + + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {presort} + +{ calc.label + sort.label + " " + * + type$ "book" = + + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + + * + + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + + +SORT + + + + + + + + +STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'longest.label.width := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.sort.label sort.label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + + last.extra.num "z" chr.to.int$ > + + % Generate -1, -2, ... suffixes + { "-" last.extra.num "a" chr.to.int$ - #1 + int.to.str$ * 'extra.label := } + % Generate a, b, ..., z suffixes + { last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := } + if$ + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + sort.label 'last.sort.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ + + next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + + label extra.label * 'label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + + + + + + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} + +{ et.al.char.used + { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + preamble$ empty$ + + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ + + "\ifx \showCODEN \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showISBN \undefined \def \showISBN #1{ISBN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showISSN \undefined \def \showISSN #1{ISSN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showLCCN \undefined \def \showLCCN #1{LCCN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showPRICE \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showURL \undefined \def \showURL {URL } \fi" write$ newline$ + "\ifx \path \undefined \input path.sty \fi" write$ newline$ + "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$ + " \newif \ifshowURL" write$ newline$ + " \showURLtrue" write$ newline$ + "\fi" write$ newline$ + +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + + +ITERATE {call.type$} + + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e044f2cc60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1835 @@ +%% ===================================================================== +%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file. It was produced automatically by +%% Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc +%% on Wed May 15 10:36:06 MDT 1996. +%% ===================================================================== +%%%===================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe", +%%% version = "2.03", +%%% date = "15 May 1996", +%%% time = "10:35:51 MDT", +%%% filename = "is-plain.bst", +%%% address = "Center for Scientific Computing +%%% Department of Mathematics +%%% University of Utah +%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112 +%%% USA", +%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254", +%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148", +%%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe", +%%% checksum = "22091 1835 4654 37711", +%%% email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "BibTeX, style, bibliography", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% docstring = "This file is a modification of the standard +%%% BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file +%%% derived from that modification. It contains +%%% optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, +%%% LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES +%%% fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended +%%% citation label suffixing. +%%% +%%% In addition, date formatting supports a day +%%% keyword, so that bibliography entries can be +%%% written with +%%% +%%% day = {23}, +%%% month = aug, +%%% +%%% instead of the language-dependent awkward +%%% forms required by the standard styles +%%% +%%% month = {23~} # aug, +%%% month = aug # {~23}, +%%% +%%% These older forms are, of course, still +%%% handled correctly. +%%% +%%% The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to +%%% extract the standard styles, as follows: +%%% +%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst +%%% cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst +%%% cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst +%%% cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst +%%% +%%% To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe +%%% the output through the checksum program, e.g. +%%% +%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst +%%% +%%% The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this +%%% job, and provides some extra leading comments +%%% in the generated style files warning the user +%%% not to modify them. +%%% +%%% Additional optional definitions are recognized +%%% to provide extensions to the standard styles: +%%% +%%% -D_CODEN for CODEN output +%%% +%%% -D_ISBN for ISBN output +%%% +%%% -D_ISSN for ISSN output +%%% +%%% -D_LCCN for LCCN output +%%% +%%% -D_PRICE for price output, +%%% +%%% -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual, +%%% and thesis pages output. +%%% +%%% -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform +%%% Resource Locator (URL) output. +%%% +%%% -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric +%%% label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of +%%% letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly +%%% handle alpha-style bibliographies with more +%%% than 26 entries for a single author in one +%%% year. Change letter suffix code to switch +%%% to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters +%%% are used, so that no matter which scheme is +%%% selected, correct output will always be +%%% obtained. +%%% +%%% The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL +%%% values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{} +%%% etc. that the user can provide alternate +%%% definitions of to change the formatting, or +%%% to suppress their output altogether. That +%%% way, output identical to that of the four +%%% standard BibTeX style files can be obtained +%%% with these extended files, if these macros +%%% are defined to expand to empty strings. +%%% +%%% URL handling is slightly more complex, +%%% because URLs can contain characters which TeX +%%% must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter +%%% font, and such text cannot readily appear +%%% inside nested macro arguments. Consequently, +%%% URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like +%%% this: +%%% \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi +%%% where \showURL takes no argument, and +%%% normally expands to the 4-character string +%%% URL. The grouping braces ensure that +%%% any font changes made by \showURL remain +%%% localized. Vertical bar is chosen as the +%%% verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot +%%% appear in URLs. The other prohibited ISO +%%% Latin 1 characters are the non-printing +%%% control characters 0..31, plus those in the +%%% range 128..255, plus the ten special +%%% characters +%%% +%%% { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > ` +%%% +%%% See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more +%%% details. (Backquote is not even mentioned +%%% there.) +%%% +%%% As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e +%%% you might define +%%% \newcommand{\showURL}{URL +%%% \let \oldtt = \tt +%%% \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}} +%%% to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font. +%%% +%%% If desired, a sed script can be used to +%%% eliminate non-essential comments (this +%%% reduces the file size by 2/3); a command +%%% filter step like +%%% sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d' +%%% will accomplish that job. +%%% +%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the +%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word +%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and +%%% characters. This is produced by Robert +%%% Solovay's checksum utility." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% Revision history (reverse time order): +%%% +%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996] +%%% Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries, +%%% and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes +%%% do have ISBNs). +%%% +%%% Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, +%%% PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment +%%% to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments, +%%% PROVIDED they are not already defined. That way, the user can +%%% provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography +%%% environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or +%%% to alter the font used. +%%% +%%% Substantially revise leading comments to better document the +%%% extensions. +%%% +%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996] +%%% Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function. +%%% Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles +%%% in BibTeX 1.0. +%%% +%%% Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse +%%% page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a +%%% single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish +%%% between one-page documents, and documents missing final page +%%% numbers. +%%% +%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994] +%%% Add URL output support. +%%% +%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994] +%%% Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them +%%% like Book and InBook pages. +%%% +%%% Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of +%%% ISSN. +%%% +%%% Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one +%%% exists, and vice versa. The reason is that some periodicals +%%% (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates) +%%% have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either +%%% as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes. +%%% +%%% For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for +%%% a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a +%%% bibliographic reference without it is incomplete. +%%% +%%% Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before +%%% price output added with version 1.03. +%%% +%%% Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values +%%% as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document +%%% type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in +%%% the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC +%%% and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent +%%% them). The need for this change has been discussed with +%%% BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good +%%% possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change +%%% implemented here. This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will +%%% produce different .bbl file formatting. However, the TUG and +%%% BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address +%%% to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so +%%% already conform to the new practice. +%%% +%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994] +%%% Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support. +%%% +%%% Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif +%%% labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C +%%% Standard. +%%% +%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993] +%%% Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent +%%% substitution in comments +%%% +%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993] +%%% Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number) +%%% and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price +%%% selectable by preprocessor conditionals. +%%% +%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991] +%%% Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less +%%% line breaks around volume(number):page. +%%% +%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991] +%%% Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program. +%%% +%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990] +%%% Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into +%%% this master file, xbtxbst.doc. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +%% BibTeX `plain' family +%% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. +%% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. +%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either +%% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or +%% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than +%% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. +%% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. +%% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + + coden + + day + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + + isbn + + + issn + + journal + key + + lccn + + month + note + number + organization + pages + + price + + publisher + school + series + title + type + + URL + + volume + year + } + {} + + { label } + + + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + + +STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + + "\bibitem{" write$ + + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.coden} +{ coden empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *} + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.isbn} +{ isbn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.issn} +{ issn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.lccn} +{ lccn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.price} +{ price empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.url} +{ url empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *} + if$ +} + + + + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + + { title "t" change.case$ } + + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange} +{ 't := % save input page range string + t 'original.t := % save original page range + "" 'b := % beginning page number + "" 'e := % ending page number + { t empty$ not } % while-loop Boolean condition + { % while-loop body + t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = % have we found the en-dash? + { + t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e := % yes, save ending page number + "" 't := % and set t to empty string to terminate loop + } + { + b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string + } + if$ + } + while$ % on exit, t has ending page number string + e b = % are beginning and ending numbers the same? + { b } % yes, return the beginning page number string + { original.t } % no, return the original page number string + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { + day empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + day empty$ + { } + { " " * day * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + { + day empty$ + { year } + { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + { + month " " * + day empty$ + { } + { day * ", " * } + if$ + year * + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + + +FUNCTION {format.book.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { new.block pages " pp." * } + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { + pages multi.page.check + { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := } + { pages 'new.pages := } + if$ + new.pages multi.page.check + { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + + key empty$ not and + + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher "publisher" output.check + format.date "year" output.check + } + { new.sentence + organization output + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + + format.book.pages output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.book.pages output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.book.pages output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {periodical} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + title emphasize "title" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.sentence + publisher output + address output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing + format.date "year" output.check + } + { new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.isbn output % NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + + format.url output + + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + + + + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + + + + + + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + + + + +READ + + + + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + + + + + + + + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {presort} + +{ type$ "book" = + + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + + +SORT + + + + + + + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + + + + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} + +{ preamble$ empty$ + + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ + + "\ifx \showCODEN \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showISBN \undefined \def \showISBN #1{ISBN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showISSN \undefined \def \showISSN #1{ISSN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showLCCN \undefined \def \showLCCN #1{LCCN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showPRICE \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showURL \undefined \def \showURL {URL } \fi" write$ newline$ + "\ifx \path \undefined \input path.sty \fi" write$ newline$ + "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$ + " \newif \ifshowURL" write$ newline$ + " \showURLtrue" write$ newline$ + "\fi" write$ newline$ + +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + + +ITERATE {call.type$} + + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6d7b4dd5790 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1673 @@ +%% ===================================================================== +%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file. It was produced automatically by +%% Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc +%% on Wed May 15 10:36:08 MDT 1996. +%% ===================================================================== +%%%===================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe", +%%% version = "2.03", +%%% date = "15 May 1996", +%%% time = "10:35:51 MDT", +%%% filename = "is-unsrt.bst", +%%% address = "Center for Scientific Computing +%%% Department of Mathematics +%%% University of Utah +%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112 +%%% USA", +%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254", +%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148", +%%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe", +%%% checksum = "64263 1673 4293 35112", +%%% email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "BibTeX, style, bibliography", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% docstring = "This file is a modification of the standard +%%% BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file +%%% derived from that modification. It contains +%%% optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, +%%% LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES +%%% fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended +%%% citation label suffixing. +%%% +%%% In addition, date formatting supports a day +%%% keyword, so that bibliography entries can be +%%% written with +%%% +%%% day = {23}, +%%% month = aug, +%%% +%%% instead of the language-dependent awkward +%%% forms required by the standard styles +%%% +%%% month = {23~} # aug, +%%% month = aug # {~23}, +%%% +%%% These older forms are, of course, still +%%% handled correctly. +%%% +%%% The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to +%%% extract the standard styles, as follows: +%%% +%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst +%%% cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst +%%% cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst +%%% cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst +%%% +%%% To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe +%%% the output through the checksum program, e.g. +%%% +%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst +%%% +%%% The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this +%%% job, and provides some extra leading comments +%%% in the generated style files warning the user +%%% not to modify them. +%%% +%%% Additional optional definitions are recognized +%%% to provide extensions to the standard styles: +%%% +%%% -D_CODEN for CODEN output +%%% +%%% -D_ISBN for ISBN output +%%% +%%% -D_ISSN for ISSN output +%%% +%%% -D_LCCN for LCCN output +%%% +%%% -D_PRICE for price output, +%%% +%%% -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual, +%%% and thesis pages output. +%%% +%%% -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform +%%% Resource Locator (URL) output. +%%% +%%% -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric +%%% label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of +%%% letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly +%%% handle alpha-style bibliographies with more +%%% than 26 entries for a single author in one +%%% year. Change letter suffix code to switch +%%% to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters +%%% are used, so that no matter which scheme is +%%% selected, correct output will always be +%%% obtained. +%%% +%%% The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL +%%% values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{} +%%% etc. that the user can provide alternate +%%% definitions of to change the formatting, or +%%% to suppress their output altogether. That +%%% way, output identical to that of the four +%%% standard BibTeX style files can be obtained +%%% with these extended files, if these macros +%%% are defined to expand to empty strings. +%%% +%%% URL handling is slightly more complex, +%%% because URLs can contain characters which TeX +%%% must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter +%%% font, and such text cannot readily appear +%%% inside nested macro arguments. Consequently, +%%% URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like +%%% this: +%%% \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi +%%% where \showURL takes no argument, and +%%% normally expands to the 4-character string +%%% URL. The grouping braces ensure that +%%% any font changes made by \showURL remain +%%% localized. Vertical bar is chosen as the +%%% verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot +%%% appear in URLs. The other prohibited ISO +%%% Latin 1 characters are the non-printing +%%% control characters 0..31, plus those in the +%%% range 128..255, plus the ten special +%%% characters +%%% +%%% { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > ` +%%% +%%% See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more +%%% details. (Backquote is not even mentioned +%%% there.) +%%% +%%% As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e +%%% you might define +%%% \newcommand{\showURL}{URL +%%% \let \oldtt = \tt +%%% \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}} +%%% to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font. +%%% +%%% If desired, a sed script can be used to +%%% eliminate non-essential comments (this +%%% reduces the file size by 2/3); a command +%%% filter step like +%%% sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d' +%%% will accomplish that job. +%%% +%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the +%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word +%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and +%%% characters. This is produced by Robert +%%% Solovay's checksum utility." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% Revision history (reverse time order): +%%% +%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996] +%%% Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries, +%%% and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes +%%% do have ISBNs). +%%% +%%% Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, +%%% PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment +%%% to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments, +%%% PROVIDED they are not already defined. That way, the user can +%%% provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography +%%% environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or +%%% to alter the font used. +%%% +%%% Substantially revise leading comments to better document the +%%% extensions. +%%% +%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996] +%%% Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function. +%%% Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles +%%% in BibTeX 1.0. +%%% +%%% Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse +%%% page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a +%%% single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish +%%% between one-page documents, and documents missing final page +%%% numbers. +%%% +%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994] +%%% Add URL output support. +%%% +%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994] +%%% Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them +%%% like Book and InBook pages. +%%% +%%% Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of +%%% ISSN. +%%% +%%% Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one +%%% exists, and vice versa. The reason is that some periodicals +%%% (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates) +%%% have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either +%%% as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes. +%%% +%%% For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for +%%% a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a +%%% bibliographic reference without it is incomplete. +%%% +%%% Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before +%%% price output added with version 1.03. +%%% +%%% Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values +%%% as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document +%%% type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in +%%% the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC +%%% and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent +%%% them). The need for this change has been discussed with +%%% BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good +%%% possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change +%%% implemented here. This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will +%%% produce different .bbl file formatting. However, the TUG and +%%% BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address +%%% to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so +%%% already conform to the new practice. +%%% +%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994] +%%% Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support. +%%% +%%% Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif +%%% labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C +%%% Standard. +%%% +%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993] +%%% Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent +%%% substitution in comments +%%% +%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993] +%%% Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number) +%%% and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price +%%% selectable by preprocessor conditionals. +%%% +%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991] +%%% Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less +%%% line breaks around volume(number):page. +%%% +%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991] +%%% Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program. +%%% +%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990] +%%% Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into +%%% this master file, xbtxbst.doc. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +%% BibTeX `plain' family +%% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. +%% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. +%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either +%% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or +%% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than +%% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. +%% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. +%% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + + coden + + day + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + + isbn + + + issn + + journal + key + + lccn + + month + note + number + organization + pages + + price + + publisher + school + series + title + type + + URL + + volume + year + } + {} + + { label } + + + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + + +STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + + "\bibitem{" write$ + + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.coden} +{ coden empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *} + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.isbn} +{ isbn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.issn} +{ issn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.lccn} +{ lccn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.price} +{ price empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *} + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.url} +{ url empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *} + if$ +} + + + + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + + { title "t" change.case$ } + + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange} +{ 't := % save input page range string + t 'original.t := % save original page range + "" 'b := % beginning page number + "" 'e := % ending page number + { t empty$ not } % while-loop Boolean condition + { % while-loop body + t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = % have we found the en-dash? + { + t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e := % yes, save ending page number + "" 't := % and set t to empty string to terminate loop + } + { + b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string + } + if$ + } + while$ % on exit, t has ending page number string + e b = % are beginning and ending numbers the same? + { b } % yes, return the beginning page number string + { original.t } % no, return the original page number string + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { + day empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + day empty$ + { } + { " " * day * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + { + day empty$ + { year } + { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + { + month " " * + day empty$ + { } + { day * ", " * } + if$ + year * + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + + +FUNCTION {format.book.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { new.block pages " pp." * } + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { + pages multi.page.check + { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := } + { pages 'new.pages := } + if$ + new.pages multi.page.check + { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + + + + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher "publisher" output.check + format.date "year" output.check + } + { new.sentence + organization output + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + + format.book.pages output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.book.pages output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.book.pages output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {periodical} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + title emphasize "title" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date output + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.sentence + publisher output + address output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing + format.date "year" output.check + } + { new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + } + if$ + + format.coden output + + + format.isbn output + + + format.issn output + + + format.lccn output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + + format.isbn output % NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs + + + format.book.pages output + + + format.price output + + + format.url output + + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + + format.url output + + fin.entry +} + + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + + + + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + + + + + + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + + + + +READ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + + + + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} + +{ preamble$ empty$ + + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ + + "\ifx \showCODEN \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showISBN \undefined \def \showISBN #1{ISBN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showISSN \undefined \def \showISSN #1{ISSN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showLCCN \undefined \def \showLCCN #1{LCCN #1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showPRICE \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1} \fi" write$ newline$ + + + "\ifx \showURL \undefined \def \showURL {URL } \fi" write$ newline$ + "\ifx \path \undefined \input path.sty \fi" write$ newline$ + "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$ + " \newif \ifshowURL" write$ newline$ + " \showURLtrue" write$ newline$ + "\fi" write$ newline$ + +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + + +ITERATE {call.type$} + + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ca4a4dc1299 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1336 @@ +% Attempted hack to create BibTeX `jas' style for BibTeX version 0.99c +% Journal of Atmospheric Science, Journal of Applied Meteorology +% Monthly Weather Review +% by Mike Moran, Dept. of Atmospheric Science, Colorado State University +% based on `newapa' style file. Changes are documented. March 9, 1990 +% Submitted 20-JUL-1993 by Piotr J. Flatau +% e-mail for Mike Moran: +% ======================================================================== +% +% BibTeX `newapa' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09 +% Place it in a file called newapa.bst in the BibTeX search path. +%(Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.) +% Support for named citations is provided by named.sty + +% This version was made by modifying the master file made by +% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX +% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider. + +% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. +% Modifications Copyright 1989, 1990, Stephen N. Spencer +% Copying of this file is authorized only if either +% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or +% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than +% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. +% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + +% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes, +% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is: +% spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu +% +% Citation format: (author-last-name, year) +% (author-last-name and author-last-name, year) +% (author-last-name {\em et al.}, year) +% (author-last-name) +% (author-last-name and author-last-name) +% (author-last-name {\em et al.}) +% (year) +% +% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one. +% +% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for +% year-only citations. This is done by having the citations +% actually look like +% +% \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year} +% +% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar) +% +% \let\@internalcite\cite +% \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite} +% \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite} +% \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite} +% \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite} +% \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite} +% + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t u } + +%% Added this function March 9, 1990. Used in FUNCTION format.vol.num.pages +FUNCTION {boldcize} +{ 's := + s "" = + { "" } + { "{\bf " s * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +%% Added this entire function based on JAS98.BST (March 10, 1990) +FUNCTION {output.nonnull1} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { write$ %% This is only difference + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +%% Added this function based on JAS98.BST (March 10, 1990) +FUNCTION {output.check1} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull1 %% Only difference + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ +%% " (" year * extra.label * ") " * + ", " year * extra.label * ": " * +%% March 9, 1990 + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ +} + +%% Added this entire function based on JAS98.BST (March 10, 1990) +FUNCTION {format.names.reverse1} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1 (name pointer variable); + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := % namesleft = numnames (names left variable); + { namesleft #0 > } + +%% So long as "namesleft" is positive, execute following function + { +%% s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % Set name format + + nameptr #1 > +%% ** Co-authors section + { + s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % Set name format + namesleft #1 > +%% ** Not last author + { ", " * t * } +%% ** Last author + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } +%% ** First author section + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % Set name format + t + } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } +%% { author format.names } + { author format.names.reverse1 } +%% March 10, 1990 + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + + { title "t" change.case$ } + + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check +%% { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } +%% { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + { pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +%%{ volume field.or.null +{volume field.or.null boldcize %% March 9, 1990 + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } +%% { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } %% March 9, 1990 + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } +%% { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.editors * } +%% March 11, 1990 + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.title "title" output.check + format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 10, 1990 + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.btitle "title" output.check + format.btitle "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + pages output %% March 11, 1990 + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.title "title" output.check + format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + howpublished output + address output + pages output %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.btitle "title" output.check + format.btitle "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output +%% format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + pages output %% March 20, 1990 + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.title "title" output.check + format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output +%% format.chapter.pages output %% March 20, 1990 + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + pages output %% March 20, 1990 + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.title "title" output.check + format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output +%% new.sentence %% March 17, 1990 + organization output + publisher output + address output + pages output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.btitle "title" output.check + format.btitle "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + pages output %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.title "title" output.check + format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + pages output %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + title howpublished new.block.checkb +%% format.title output + format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + howpublished output + pages output %% March 11, 1990 +%% new.block %% March 17, 1990 + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.btitle "title" output.check + format.btitle "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + pages output %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.btitle "title" output.check + format.btitle "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + pages output %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.title "title" output.check + format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + pages output %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block +%% format.title "title" output.check + format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990 + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { fullptr numfull fullsleft } + +STRINGS { u1 u2 } + +%FUNCTION {my.full.label} +%{ +% "foo" 'u := +% u +%} + +FUNCTION {my.full.label} +{ +% Initialize 'u1','u2','s'. + "" 'u1 := + "" 'u2 := + 's := + +% Initialize 'fullptr','numfull','fullsleft'. + #1 'fullptr := + s num.names$ 'numfull := + numfull 'fullsleft := + +% enter the while loop which generates the first-citation information. +% while we have names left, +% format the next name +% if this is the next-to-last name, tack the ampersand on the end +% else if this isn't the last name, tack the comma on the end. +% concatenate the next name onto the first-citation string. +% update the counters. + + { fullsleft #0 > } + { s fullptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 'u1 := + fullsleft #2 = + { u1 " \& " * 'u1 := } + { fullsleft #2 > + { u1 ", " * 'u1 := } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + u2 u1 * 'u2 := + fullptr #1 + 'fullptr := + fullsleft #1 - 'fullsleft := + } + while$ + +% push 'u2' onto the stack -- our first-citation information. + u2 +} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { "et~al. " * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + + author my.full.label % generate the first-citation information. + + "\protect\citeauthoryear{" swap$ * "}{" * swap$ * "}{" * + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * + 'label := + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * + sortify 'sort.label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % added for newapa + 'sort.label := % added for newapa + sort.label % added for newapa + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % sort by label, sort.label, title --- for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * "}" * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order. + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} + +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b56b63fbe06 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1490 @@ +% BibTex `jbact' bibliography style +% version = 1.30 of jbact.bst 1992 June 29 +% Fix format.vol.num.pages to use field.or.null to +% correctly handle case of missing volume. +% [Nelson H. F. Beebe ] +% version = 1.29 of jbact.bst 1992 April 21 +% from version = 1.21 of jmb.bst 1991 June 10 + +% TO BE DONE in inproceedings: +% 1. editors are not boldface +% 2. need comma after title, not period +% 3. don't rearrange editor names +% 4. no comma after editors +% (The trouble is that there is only one name function...) + +% This program must be used in conjunction with jbact.sty + +% Thomas Schneider +% National Cancer Institute +% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology +% Frederick, Maryland 21702-1013 +% toms@ncifcrf.gov +% +% This file is available by anonymous ftp from ncifcrf.gov in pub/delila. +% +% TITLES can be turned on and off! +% Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper (i.e. \nocite{TitlesOn}) +% and have a bibliography article in your database with that cite key! +% Without titles is Journal of Molecular Biology; +% With titles is Journal of Theoretical Biology. +% +% WARNING: Since I use mostly article, book and inproceedings, these +% are formatted pretty closely to the Journal of Theoretical Biology style +% while other things are neglected. Also, I can't guarantee that the style +% is exactly right. +% +% The following documentation is identical from the source of jmb.bst, +% which was the apalike.bst taken from the Clarkson archive on 1989 June 19. +% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version) +% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a. +% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all +% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'. +% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical. +% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'. +% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst. +% +% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty). +% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels +% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately +% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma, +% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either +% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field. +% +% Editorial note: +% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly, +% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something +% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars, +% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better +% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for +% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical" +% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth +% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new +% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically +% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions +% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing +% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage. +% +% History: +% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik. +% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length +% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message. +% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a; +% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title; +% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +% The program was further modified by Tom Schneider: +% +% 1989 June 19 (TDS) Renamed jmb.bst. Items that do not have years were +% listed in the bibliography without identifiers. However, they +% have identifiers in the text. The identifier was added. +% Titles were removed :-(. + +% 1989 October 2 (TDS) Made labels in the paper use the & symbol rather +% than `and', as required by JMB. +% 1989 October 3 (TDS) Made et~al. be in italics. +% Removed comma after journal name. (actually, all +% mid sentence commas go!) +% Made volume number be bold faced. +% Converted colon (:) after volume number to a comma (,). +% If a journal name does NOT end in a period, add +% a comma after the name. +% 1989 October 14 (TDS) Without a year the program used to sort on the +% title. I made it sort on the cite$ if there is no year. +% 1989 October 18 (TDS) If there is one reference without a year, put +% an "a" at the end of its label, so that it comes out +% as (Smith, a) in the text. in FUNCTION {forward.pass} +% 1989 November 2 (TDS) Unpublished papers now give the title. +% 1989 November 18 (TDS) TITLES can be turned on and off! +% Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper +% and have a bibliography article in your database +% with that cite key! +% 1989 December 5 (TDS) I can't stand sorting to fall back on the +% titles of the article - no control! So in function +% bib.sort.order the default is now cite$. +% 1990 November 14 (TDS) Changes to match JTB better: +% Names in the bibliography are now connected +% with "\&" instead of "and", since this fits JTB better. +% "In" is now "In:". +% "editors" and "editor" are now "eds" and "ed". +% booktitle follows editors. editors in parenthesis. +% pp. and p. instead of pages and page. +% location followed by colon (:) and then publisher. + +% 1992 April 22 Changes to match J. Bact Proof +% year is not in parens, ends with period. +% the first name should be 'last name first', +% but later ones should be the other way! +% 'and' rather than & +% journal name is not emphasized +% author list is bold face, ends with period +% comma after first author when there are two authors +% changes to match J. Bact galley proof markings +% expand journal titles where required by J. Bact! +% no comma after title! + +ENTRY % declare variables that have a value for each entry on the list + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month not used in apalike + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block + docomma givetitles } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := + + #0 'docomma := % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them. +} + +FUNCTION {init.toggle.switches} +{% set switches for controlling the output! + #0 'givetitles := % if it is 0 then don't give titles, otherwise do them. +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + +% % { ", " * write$ } % the comma here is responsible for every comma! +% % % But JMB doesn't want commas, so away it goes! +% { " " * write$ } % That does it! + + { % doing a comma is controlled specifically in JMB using docomma + docomma #0 = + { " " * write$ } + { ", " * write$ } + if$ + } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { t "title" = + { pop$ } % jmb ignores titles and does not object if missing + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + 'output.nonnull % block periods + % { pop$ } % don't do anything + if$ +} + +% t "title" = +% { "zowie" warning$ } +% { duplicate$ empty$ +% { pop$ "EmPtY " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } +% 'output.nonnull +% } +% if$ +% if$ +%} + +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { + "empty year in " cite$ ", using label: " extra.label * * * warning$ + write$ +% " (" extra.label * ")" * % TDS no parens in jbact + " " extra.label * ". " * % period after year + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + { write$ +% " (" year * extra.label * ")" * + " " year * extra.label * % period after year TDS + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +%FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +%{ newline$ +% "\bibitem[" write$ +% label write$ +% "]{" write$ +% cite$ write$ +% "}" write$ +% newline$ +% "" +% before.all 'output.state := +%} + +% do numbers instead: TDS (taken from unsrt.bst +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + +%"TRY WITH" s * warning$ + + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + +%"TRY WITH" numnames * warning$ % this gives a warning +% the problem is that num.names$ is 1, so the loop +% doesn't work. Looks like names weren't counted somewhere! + + "{\bf " % start bold face + + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { +% the first name should be 'last name first', +% but later ones should be the other way! + nameptr #1 = + {s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := } % last name first + {s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := } % first name first + if$ + +% nameptr #1 = +% {"then bbl" t * warning$} +% {"ELSE bbl" t * warning$} +% if$ + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + +% if there are EXACTY two names, put a comma after the first one! + numnames #2 = + { "," * } % TDS + 'skip$ + if$ + + t "others" = + { " {\em et~al.}" * } + { " and " * t * } % back to 'and' TDS +% { " \& " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ + + % if there is more than one name, then DON'T put a period + % at the end of the name list because it looks like Smith, J. K.. + % otherwise put that period because the last name will end the list + % as in Helsberg, M. and R.~Eichenlaub. + numnames #1 > + {"." *} + 'skip$ + if$ + + "} " * * % end bold face end whole thing with period +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } +% { author format.names } + +% { "{\bf " author ".} " * * format.names } % make bold face, end with . +% doing the above causes trouble! +% NOTE: we can't put bf here since it messes up the formatting of names! + + { author format.names } % make bold face, end with . + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names +% editor num.names$ #1 > +% { ", eds" * } % TDS +% { ", ed" * } % TDS +% if$ + ", (ed.)," * % TDS + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { % decide whether to give the title or not + givetitles #1 = + { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title + { title pop$ "" } % don't produce the title + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect % TDS vol, not volume + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { + output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ } + { edition "t" change.case$ } + if$ +% If the database has the word 'second' replace it with 2nd for J. Bact! + "second" = + { "2nd"} + { + if$ + "third" = + { "3nd"} + { edition } + } + + if$ + + " ed." * + +% output.state mid.sentence = +% { edition "l" change.case$ " ed." * } +% { edition "t" change.case$ " ed." * } +% if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check +% { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS +% for some crazy reason, J.Bact wants p instead of pp + { "p." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ "{\bf " volume field.or.null * "}" * % make volume bold face + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { " (" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In: " emphasize booktitle * } % TDS + { "In: " emphasize format.editors " " * * + booktitle * ", " * + } % TDS + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In:" % this is for apalike % TDS + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In: " % TDS + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In:" % this is for apalike % TDS + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ + cite$ "TitlesOn" = + 'skip$ % Don't write out an article of this kind, it's a toggle switch! + { + output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block +% zzzz + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { % figure out the last character of the journal name. + % "<<" journal #-1 #1 substring$ ">>" * * % for testing + % "<" journal ">" * * % this works ok % for testing + + % from here on the string t will carry the journal title + journal 't := + + % expand journal titles where required by J. Bact! TDS + t "Nucl. Acids Res." = + { "Nucleic Acids Res." 't := } + 'skip$ + if$ + + t "J. Bact." = + { "J. Bacteriol." 't := } + 'skip$ + if$ + + t "Bell System Tech. J." = + { "Bell Syst. Tech. J." 't := } + 'skip$ + if$ + + t "Molec. Microb." = + { "Molec. Microbiol." 't := } + 'skip$ + if$ + + % deal with periods at the ends of titles + t #-1 #1 substring$ "." = + { t } % journal ended in period so don't do anything + { t " " *} % NO COMMAS AFTER THE JOURNAL NAME IN J. BACT! +% { t ", " *} % journal ended without period, so add comma + if$ + + %journal #-1 #1 substring$ "." = + %{ journal } % journal ended in period so don't do anything + %{ journal ", " *} % journal ended without period, so add comma + %if$ + +% emphasize "journal" output.check % TDS + "journal" output.check % not emphasized any more + +% journal * emphasize "journal" output.check % the original method + + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB + crossref missing$ + { + format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + format.edition output + new.sentence + #0 'docomma := % no comma after address +% publisher "publisher" % TDS +% address output output.check % TDS + #1 'docomma := % comma back on + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ +% format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + #0 'docomma := % no comma after address + address ":" * output % TDS + publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS + #1 'docomma := % comma back on +% publisher "publisher" output.check +% address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block +% NOTE: they want a comma after the title, but that would mess +% up the period after other titles. + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { +% #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB, BUT NOT FOR JTB: inconsistent + + format.pages + pages empty$ + { output } + { "." * output } % TDS toss in period + if$ + + format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume "." * output + format.number.series output + +% address output % TDS address is below for JTB +% new.sentence % TDS remove period + organization output + #0 'docomma := % NO COMMA AFTER ADDRESS + publisher "," * output % TDS +% publisher "publisher" output % TDS + address output % TDS + #1 'docomma := % comma back on + +% publisher output % are simpler + #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + +% Since format.title is out of commission, the original method won't work: +% format.title "title" output.check +% so do the equivalent of the format.title procedure: (TDS) + title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title + if$ + "title" output.check + + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +% *********************************************************** + +FUNCTION {check.for.titlecommand} +% go through each entry and see if one of them has the key +% 'TitlesOn'. If this is found, then do titles! +% 1989 November 18 TDS +{ +% "|" label "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius {\em et~al.}, 1986| +% "|" cite$ "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius1986| +% so cite$ is the thing I want to detect... + + cite$ "TitlesOn" = + { % got it! +% "FOUND TitlesOn" write$ newline$ + "Titles Will Be Printed" warning$ + #1 'givetitles := % give titles! + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +EXECUTE {init.toggle.switches} +ITERATE {check.for.titlecommand} +% *********************************************************** + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " {\em et~al.}" * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " {\em et~al.}" * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } % TDS +% well, back to 'and'! +% { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + % note new use of & rather than `and'. TDS + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + ", " % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "{\em et al}" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +% pass through the references forward +{ +%"\\ label=" label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label +%"\\last.label=" last.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label + + last.label label = % if the label repeats the previous label... + { % then increment the extra number + last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + % and convert it to a label + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { % else set things up for the next entry + "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + + % However, if the year was missing, tack on an extra "a". TDS + year empty$ + {"a" 'extra.label :=} + {"" 'extra.label :=} + if$ + +% "" 'extra.label := % the original method was not to do anything TDS + + label 'last.label := % capture this label for next time + } + if$ +%"\\extra.label = " extra.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +% pass through the references backwards +% add extra characters to the end of the label string +{ +%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label + next.extra "b" = +% original logic: + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + +% next.extra "b" = { "next.extra was = b" write$ newline$} 'skip$ if$ + +% new as of 1989 Oct 18 +% { "a" 'extra.label := } +% { % Put on an "a" at the end of the label if the year is missing. TDS +% year empty$ +% { "a" 'extra.label := } +% %{ label "a" * 'label := } +% 'skip$ % otherwise leave it alone (orignial method) +% if$ } +% if$ + + label extra.label * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label +} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +% Generate the sort.key$ variables for sorting. +% The sorting is first on the sort.label (ie, author's name), followed +% by the year then the title. If there is no year, the cite$ is used. +{ + sort.label % this is based on the author name + " " * % tack on some space +% original apa command was to use the year or an empty string: +% year field.or.null sortify +% +% Replace that with the use of the cite$, when there is no year: + year duplicate$ empty$ + {pop$ cite$} + 'skip$ + if$ + + * " " * % tack on some space + +% I CAN'T STAND SORTING ON TITLE!!! TDS 1989 Dec 5 +% title field.or.null +% sort.format.title +% * % attach them together + cite$ + * % use cite$ instead!! + + % note: if there is no year, then the cite$ will override the sorting + % on the title. Oh well. Title sorting is sorta (ha ha) awful. + + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := + + % The following line helps debug the program. It shows what the sort.key$ is. + % "%" sort.key$ * write$ newline$ +} + +% Here is the place that the actual executions of the labeling and sorting +% functions are done. + + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % initialize variables +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} % set up the sorting keys +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order +% Having sorted NOW we apply the extra letters at the end! +ITERATE {forward.pass} +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5455f72645d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1368 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Tom Schneider", +%%% version = "1.21", +%%% date = "29 June 1992", +%%% time = "17:30:33 MDT", +%%% filename = "jmb.bst", +%%% address = "National Cancer Institute +%%% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology +%%% Frederick, Maryland 21701-1013 +%%% USA", +%%% checksum = "11681 1368 4735 33144", +%%% email = "toms@ncifcrf.gov (Internet)", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "molecular biology, BibTeX", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% docstring = "This BibTeX bibliography style is for the +%%% Journal of Molecular Biology and Journal of +%%% Theoretical Biology. This file is available +%%% by anonymous ftp from ncifcrf.gov in +%%% pub/delila. +%%% +%%% TITLES can be turned on and off! Just nocite +%%% the reference TitlesOn in the paper (i.e. +%%% \nocite{TitlesOn}) and have a bibliography +%%% article in your database with that cite key! +%%% Without titles is Journal of Molecular +%%% Biology; With titles is Journal of +%%% Theoretical Biology. +%%% +%%% WARNING: Since I use mostly article, book and +%%% inproceedings, these are formatted pretty +%%% closely to the Journal of Theoretical Biology +%%% style while other things are neglected. +%%% Also, I can't guarantee that the style is +%%% exactly right. +%%% +%%% The following documentation is identical from +%%% the source of jmb.bst, which was the +%%% apalike.bst taken from the Clarkson archive +%%% on 1989 June 19. +%%% +%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the +%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word +%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and +%%% characters. This is produced by Robert +%%% Solovay's checksum utility." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== + +% BibTex `jmb' bibliography style +% version = 1.21 of jmb.bst 1992 June 29 +% Fix format.vol.num.pages to use field.or.null to +% correctly handle case of missing volume. +% [Nelson H. F. Beebe ] +% version = 1.20 of jmb.bst 1990 November 16 + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version) +% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a. +% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all +% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'. +% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical. +% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'. +% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst. +% +% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty). +% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels +% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately +% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma, +% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either +% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field. +% +% Editorial note: +% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly, +% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something +% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars, +% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better +% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for +% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical" +% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth +% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new +% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically +% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions +% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing +% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage. +% +% History: +% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik. +% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length +% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message. +% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a; +% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title; +% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +% The program was further modified by Tom Schneider: +% +% 1989 June 19 (TDS) Renamed jmb.bst. Items that do not have years were +% listed in the bibliography without identifiers. However, they +% have identifiers in the text. The identifier was added. +% Titles were removed :-(. + +% 1989 October 2 (TDS) Made labels in the paper use the & symbol rather +% than `and', as required by JMB. +% 1989 October 3 (TDS) Made et~al. be in italics. +% Removed comma after journal name. (actually, all +% mid sentence commas go!) +% Made volume number be bold faced. +% Converted colon (:) after volume number to a comma (,). +% If a journal name does NOT end in a period, add +% a comma after the name. +% 1989 October 14 (TDS) Without a year the program used to sort on the +% title. I made it sort on the cite$ if there is no year. +% 1989 October 18 (TDS) If there is one reference without a year, put +% an "a" at the end of its label, so that it comes out +% as (Smith, a) in the text. in FUNCTION {forward.pass} +% 1989 November 2 (TDS) Unpublished papers now give the title. +% 1989 November 18 (TDS) TITLES can be turned on and off! +% Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper +% and have a bibliography article in your database +% with that cite key! +% 1989 December 5 (TDS) I can't stand sorting to fall back on the +% titles of the article - no control! So in function +% bib.sort.order the default is now cite$. +% 1990 November 14 (TDS) Changes to match JTB better: +% Names in the bibliography are now connected +% with "\&" instead of "and", since this fits JTB better. +% "In" is now "In:". +% "editors" and "editor" are now "eds" and "ed". +% booktitle follows editors. editors in parenthesis. +% pp. and p. instead of pages and page. +% location followed by colon (:) and then publisher. + +ENTRY % declare variables that have a value for each entry on the list + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month not used in apalike + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block + docomma givetitles } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := + + #0 'docomma := % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them. +} + +FUNCTION {init.toggle.switches} +{% set switches for controlling the output! + #0 'givetitles := % if it is 0 then don't give titles, otherwise do them. +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + +% % { ", " * write$ } % the comma here is responsible for every comma! +% % % But JMB doesn't want commas, so away it goes! +% { " " * write$ } % That does it! + + { % doing a comma is controlled specifically in JMB using docomma + docomma #0 = + { " " * write$ } + { ", " * write$ } + if$ + } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { t "title" = + { pop$ } % jmb ignores titles and does not object if missing + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + 'output.nonnull % block periods + % { pop$ } % don't do anything + if$ +} + +% t "title" = +% { "zowie" warning$ } +% { duplicate$ empty$ +% { pop$ "EmPtY " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } +% 'output.nonnull +% } +% if$ +% if$ +%} + +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { + "empty year in " cite$ ", using label: " extra.label * * * warning$ + write$ + " (" extra.label * ")" * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + { write$ + " (" year * extra.label * ")" * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " {\em et~al.}" * } + { " \& " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", eds" * } % TDS + { ", ed" * } % TDS + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { % decide whether to give the title or not + givetitles #1 = + { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title + { title pop$ "" } % don't produce the title + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ "{\bf " volume field.or.null * "}" * % make volume bold face + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { " (" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } +% { ":" * pages n.dashify * } % no more colons after the volume + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % comma's instead + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In: " booktitle emphasize * } % TDS + { "In: " booktitle emphasize * ", " * + "(" format.editors ")" * * * } % TDS + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In:" % this is for apalike % TDS + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In: " % TDS + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In:" % this is for apalike % TDS + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ + cite$ "TitlesOn" = + 'skip$ % Don't write out an article of this kind, it's a toggle switch! + { + output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { % figure out the last character of the journal name. + % "<<" journal #-1 #1 substring$ ">>" * * % for testing + % "<" journal ">" * * % this works ok % for testing + + journal #-1 #1 substring$ "." = + { journal } % journal ended in period so don't do anything + { journal ", " *} % journal ended without period, so add comma + if$ + emphasize "journal" output.check + +% journal * emphasize "journal" output.check % the original method + + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB + crossref missing$ + { + format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + #0 'docomma := % no comma after address + address ":" * output % TDS + publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS + #1 'docomma := % comma back on +% publisher "publisher" output.check +% address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + #0 'docomma := % no comma after address + address ":" * output % TDS + publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS + #1 'docomma := % comma back on +% publisher "publisher" output.check +% address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { +% #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB, BUT NOT FOR JTB: inconsistent + format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages "," * output % TDS toss in comma instead of period +% address output % TDS address is below for JTB +% new.sentence % TDS remove period + organization output + #0 'docomma := % NO COMMA AFTER ADDRESS + address ":" * output % TDS + publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS + #1 'docomma := % comma back on + +% publisher output % are simpler + #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + +% Since format.title is out of commission, the original method won't work: +% format.title "title" output.check +% so do the equivalent of the format.title procedure: (TDS) + title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title + if$ + "title" output.check + + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +% *********************************************************** + +FUNCTION {check.for.titlecommand} +% go through each entry and see if one of them has the key +% 'TitlesOn'. If this is found, then do titles! +% 1989 November 18 TDS +{ +% "|" label "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius {\em et~al.}, 1986| +% "|" cite$ "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius1986| +% so cite$ is the thing I want to detect... + + cite$ "TitlesOn" = + { % got it! +% "FOUND TitlesOn" write$ newline$ + "Titles Will Be Printed" warning$ + #1 'givetitles := % give titles! + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +EXECUTE {init.toggle.switches} +ITERATE {check.for.titlecommand} +% *********************************************************** + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " {\em et~al.}" * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " {\em et~al.}" * } + { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + % note new use of & rather than `and'. TDS + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + ", " % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "{\em et al}" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +% pass through the references forward +{ +%"\\ label=" label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label +%"\\last.label=" last.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label + + last.label label = % if the label repeats the previous label... + { % then increment the extra number + last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + % and convert it to a label + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { % else set things up for the next entry + "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + + % However, if the year was missing, tack on an extra "a". TDS + year empty$ + {"a" 'extra.label :=} + {"" 'extra.label :=} + if$ + +% "" 'extra.label := % the original method was not to do anything TDS + + label 'last.label := % capture this label for next time + } + if$ +%"\\extra.label = " extra.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +% pass through the references backwards +% add extra characters to the end of the label string +{ +%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label + next.extra "b" = +% original logic: + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + +% next.extra "b" = { "next.extra was = b" write$ newline$} 'skip$ if$ + +% new as of 1989 Oct 18 +% { "a" 'extra.label := } +% { % Put on an "a" at the end of the label if the year is missing. TDS +% year empty$ +% { "a" 'extra.label := } +% %{ label "a" * 'label := } +% 'skip$ % otherwise leave it alone (orignial method) +% if$ } +% if$ + + label extra.label * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label +} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +% Generate the sort.key$ variables for sorting. +% The sorting is first on the sort.label (ie, author's name), followed +% by the year then the title. If there is no year, the cite$ is used. +{ + sort.label % this is based on the author name + " " * % tack on some space +% original apa command was to use the year or an empty string: +% year field.or.null sortify +% +% Replace that with the use of the cite$, when there is no year: + year duplicate$ empty$ + {pop$ cite$} + 'skip$ + if$ + + * " " * % tack on some space + +% I CAN'T STAND SORTING ON TITLE!!! TDS 1989 Dec 5 +% title field.or.null +% sort.format.title +% * % attach them together + cite$ + * % use cite$ instead!! + + % note: if there is no year, then the cite$ will override the sorting + % on the title. Oh well. Title sorting is sorta (ha ha) awful. + + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := + + % The following line helps debug the program. It shows what the sort.key$ is. + % "%" sort.key$ * write$ newline$ +} + +% Here is the place that the actual executions of the labeling and sorting +% functions are done. + + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % initialize variables +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} % set up the sorting keys +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order +% Having sorted NOW we apply the extra letters at the end! +ITERATE {forward.pass} +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..20abbcc2f93 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1202 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Alan Rogers", +%%% version = "1.1", +%%% date = "1990", +%%% filename = "humanbio.bst", +%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah, +%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112", +%%% checksum = "29497 1202 3234 26025", +%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu", +%%% supported = "no", +%%% docstring = "The file produces bibliographies more or +%%% less in the format of the Journal of +%%% Theoretical Biology. It was adapted from +%%% Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +%%% +%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...} +%%% ... +%%% \bibliographystyle{jtb} +%%% ... +%%% +%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes +%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in +%%% TeX's search path. +%%% +%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}', +%%% which generates references in short form. +%%% For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would +%%% produce `Rogers (1992)'." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% Copyright (C) 1990 Sake J. Hogeveen. + +% This is ASTRON.BST, a BibTeX style for use with BibTeX version 0.99c. +% ASTRON.BST has to be used in conjunction with the LaTeX style ASTRON.STY. +% The use of both styles is documented in ASTDOC.TEX. + +% ASTRON.BST is an adaptation of APALIKE.BST by Oren Patashnik and Suzan King. + +% This style produces citations in the `author-year' format, which is widely +% used among astronomical journals. +% It supports two forms of citation: the \cite command produces: (Author, year) +% in the text; the \cite* command only: (year) . + +% The long an short citation trickery is adapted from NAMED.BST by +% Peter F. Patel-Schneider. + +% Copyright Notice: +% The files ASTRON.BST, ASTRON.STY, ASTDOC.TEX, ASTDOC.BIB, EXAMPLE.TEX, +% EXAMPLE.BIB, MNEMONIC.BIB, and TEMPLATE.BIB are a package. +% You may copy and distribute them freely for non-commercial purposes, +% provided that you keep the package together and this copyright notice +% in tact. +% You may not alter or modify the files; this helps to ensure that all +% distributions of ASTRON.BST and related files are the same. +% If you make any modifications, then you must give the files new names, +% other than the present. +% The author bears no responsibilities for errors in this document or +% the software it describes; and shall not be held liable for any indirect, +% incidental, or consequential damages. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month not used in apalike + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { ", " * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { ", " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull.extra} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { " " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { ", " * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { ", " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.extra} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull.extra + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check.extra} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull.extra + if$ +} + +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + " (" year * extra.label * ") " * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {boldface} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.ed.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + {" (" * editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " eds.)" * } + { " ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors.extra} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + {" (" * editor format.ed.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " eds.)" * } + { " ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {first.page.number} +{ 't := + "" + { t "" = + { #0 } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "No." } + { "No." } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.page} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { "p.~" pages first.page.number * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { boldface ", " * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.page} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { boldface ", " * pages first.page.number * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "Chapt." } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " booktitle emphasize * ". " * format.editors.extra * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check.extra + format.vol.num.page output.extra + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.page output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + address ": " * publisher * output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + address ": " * publisher * output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block +% format.title "title" output.check +% new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + address ": " * publisher * output + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block +% format.title "title" output.check +% new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + new.sentence % there's no year + organization output % here so things + address ": " * publisher * output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block +% format.title "title" output.check +% new.block + "Master's thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block +% format.btitle "title" output.check +% new.block + "Ph.D. thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + address ": " * institution * output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} + +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} + +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} + +MACRO {apr} {"Apr,"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} + +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} + +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} + +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} + +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass + 'label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * "}" * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +% Now that the label is right we sort for real, +% on sort.label then year then title. This is +% for the second sorting pass. +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2382d783934 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst @@ -0,0 +1,986 @@ +% This is the modification of the BibTeX standard +% bibliography style `unsrt' +% +% It is named jthcarsu.bst, for the Journal of Thoracic and +% Cardiovascular Surgery. +% +% The changes have been made on 8. January, 1995 by: +% +% Borut Gersak Tel: ++ 386 61 1334 162 +% Department of Cardiovascular Surgery Fax: ++ 386 61 1334 162 +% Medical Center Ljubljana Internet: borut.gersak@mf.uni-lj.si +% Zaloska 7, 61000 Ljubjana +% Slovenia, Europe +% (University of Ljubljana) +% +% If somebody from the medical field has the same problems as I +% (modifications of *.bst for different medical journals) please let us +% join our forces together. +% +% Thanks to: +% +% Nelson H. F. Beebe Tel: +1 801 581 5254 +% Center for Scientific Computing FAX: +1 801 581 4148 +% Department of Mathematics, 105 JWB Internet: beebe@math.utah.edu +% University of Utah +% Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA +% +% who gave me some valuable information about changing the styles for BibTex. +% +% The changes were made in the areas: +% FUNCTION {article} +% FUNCTION {format.date} +% FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +% If should be used for BibTex as follows: +% +% + % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { " " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + {" " year * ";" * } + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.date "year" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78b6bb6eb35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1287 @@ +%NAME: named.bst +% BibTeX `named' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09 +% Place it in a file called named.bst in the BibTeX search path. (Placing it +% in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.) +% Support for named citations is provided by named.sty + +% This version was made by modifying the master file made by +% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) + +% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. +% Modifications Copyright 1988, Peter F. Patel-Schneider +% Copying of this file is authorized only if either +% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or +% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than +% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. +% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + +% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes, +% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is: +% pfps@research.att.com + +% Citation format: [author-last-name, year] +% [author-last-name and author-last-name, year] +% [author-last-name {\em et al.}, year] +% +% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one. +% +% This BibTeX style has support for short (year only) citations. This +% is done by having the citations actually look like +% \citeauthoryear{author-info}{year} +% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar) +% \let\@internalcite\cite +% \def\cite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2{##1, ##2}\@internalcite} +% \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1{##2}\@internalcite} +% \def\@biblabel#1{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2{##1, ##2}[#1]\hfill} +% which makes \shortcite the macro for short citations. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + + { title "t" change.case$ } + + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + 'year + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + + key empty$ not and + + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \shortcite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \shortcite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \shortcite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { et.al.char.used } + +FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used} +{ #0 'et.al.char.used := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + + numnames #1 = + { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ } + { numnames #2 = + { s #1 "{vv }{ll }and " format.name$ s #2 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ * + } + { s #1 "{vv }{ll }\bgroup \em et al.\egroup " format.name$ } + if$ + } + if$ + +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { key } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { key } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.organization.label + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.key.organization.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + + "\protect\citeauthoryear{" swap$ * "}{" * + year field.or.null purify$ * % CHANGED - pfps - 15 Feb 1989 + 'label := + year field.or.null purify$ * + + sortify 'sort.label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} + +{ calc.label + sort.label + " " + * + type$ "book" = + + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + + * + + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'longest.label.width := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.sort.label sort.label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + sort.label 'last.sort.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * "}" * 'label := % CHANGED - pfps 15 Feb 1989 + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} + +{ et.al.char.used + { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + preamble$ empty$ + + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ + +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8c04e10fbcf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst @@ -0,0 +1,949 @@ +% BibTeX standard bibliography style `unsrt' + % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + nam + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + nam write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + 'year + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "NAM" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e08fdd3be85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1056 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Tom Schneider", +%%% version = "3.04", +%%% date = "10 Sep 1991", +%%% filename = "nar.bst", +%%% address = "National Cancer Institute +%%% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology +%%% Frederick, Maryland 21701-1013 +%%% USA", +%%% checksum = "49904 1056 2955 21359", +%%% email = "toms@ncifcrf.gov (Internet)", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "nucleic acid research", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% docstring = "This BibTeX bibliography style is for the +%%% journal Nucleic Acid Research. It was +%%% adapted from the standard unsrt.bst style +%%% file. +%%% +%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the +%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word +%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and +%%% characters. This is produced by Robert +%%% Solovay's checksum utility." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== + +% new.bst +% nar.bst was created by Tom Schneider from unsrt.bst +% version = 3.04 of nar.bst 1990 May 23 +% Tom Schneider +% National Cancer Institute +% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology +% Frederick, Maryland +% toms@ncifcrf.gov + +% BibTeX standard bibliography style `unsrt' + % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block + doblank straightnames} + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := + + #0 'doblank := % put a blanks in output.nonnul if not zero + #0 'straightnames := % force names to be J. B. Smith if not zero + % otherwise they are Smith, J. B. +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {between} +{ % what to do between output items TDS (AVOID COMMAS) + doblank #0 = + {" " * write$} + {write$} + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = +% { ", " * write$ } % TDS NO COMMAS!!! + { + between + } + + { output.state after.block = + { +% add.period$ write$ % TDS NO PERIODS! + write$ % TDS NO PERIODS! + newline$ +% "\newblock " write$ % TDS NO NEWBLOCKS: makes for a cleaner file + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ +% { add.period$ " " * write$ } % TDS NO PERIODS!!! +% { " " * write$ } % TDS NO PERIODS!!! + {between} + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { +% the original format line: makes "J. D. Smith". TDS +% s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % TDS old formatting +% the new format line: makes "Smith, J. D.". TDS +% s nameptr "{vv}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % TDS new formatting +% note, no ~ so that the format is straight for NAR. + + straightnames #0 = + { s nameptr "{vv}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := }% TDS + { s nameptr "{ff{ }}{vv}{ ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := }% TDS + if$ + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = +% { " et~al." * } % TDS + { " et al." * } % TDS no ~ + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ + #1 'straightnames := % names go as J. B. Smith for editors + editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", (ed.)" * } + { ", (ed.)" * } +% { ", editors" * } +% { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ + #0 'straightnames := % names go as Smith, J. B. again +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ +% 'year originally + {"(" year ")" * * } % TDS + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title %emphasize not for NAR! TDS +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } +% { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % TDS + { "volume" "{\bf " volume "}, " * * tie.or.space.connect + % TDS add a comma and bold + series empty$ + 'skip$ + %{ " of " * series emphasize * } TDS + { " of " * series } % TDS book titles not emphasized for NAR + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { " " edition * "l" change.case$ " edition" * } % TDS add space before + { " " edition * "t" change.case$ " edition" * } % TDS add space before + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check +% { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS +% { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS + { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +%{ volume * field.or.null +{ "{\bf " volume * field.or.null % TDS add boldface + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } +% { ":" * pages n.dashify * } % TDS remove colon! + { "}, " * pages n.dashify * } % TDS replace colon with a comma + % TDS add a boldface + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + % add colon after "In" + %{ "In " booktitle emphasize * } % TDS + %{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * + { "In " booktitle *} % TDS no emphasis in nar! + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle * % TDS no emphasis in nar! + ", " * } % TDS and tack on a comma + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } % TDS + if$ + } + { "In " key * } % TDS + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " % TDS + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In " booktitle * } % TDS + if$ + } + { "In " key * } % TDS + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } % TDS + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + format.date "year" output.check % TDS move date to here + new.block +% format.title "title" output.check % TDS NO TITLES +% new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output +% format.date "year" output.check % TDS move date + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + + format.date "year" output.check % TDS new location + new.block + #1 'doblank := % remove blanks TDS + format.btitle "title" output.check + ", " output % give it a comma after the title TDS + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + ", " output % give it a comma after the publisher TDS + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output +% format.date "year" output.check % TDS former location + new.block + note output + fin.entry + #0 'doblank := % blanks again TDS +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + format.date "year" output.check % TDS + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output +% format.date "year" output.check % TDS + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + format.date "year" output.check % TDS + new.block +% format.title "title" output.check % TDS NO TITLE +% new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output +% format.pages output % TDS pages go at the end + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + ": " output % TDS put a colon + publisher output +% format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull +% format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + #1 'doblank := % remove blanks + organization output + ": " output % TDS put a colon after the location +%zzz + publisher output + ". " output % TDS put a period after the publisher + #0 'doblank := % put back blanks + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull +% format.pages output % TDS pages go at the end + } + if$ + new.block + note output + format.pages output % TDS pages go at the end + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4d23240bdf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1012 @@ +% version = 1.05 of nature.bst 1992 June 29 + +% 1.01 1991 July 3 last name first +% bold face volume numbers +% volume followed by comma, not colon +% parenthesis around year +% no comma after page numbers (not done yet!) +% 1.02 1991 Aug 7 Titles removed in FUNCTION {format.title}. +% (Should put \nocite{TitlesOn} +% mechanism in from jmb.bst next) +% 1.03 1991 Aug 29 in inproceedings, book title preceeds the editors!! +% 1.04 1991 Aug 30 year at end of inproceedings +% no 'pages' in inproceedings +% when no comma, don't put space instead +% 1.04 1992 Jun 29 Fix format.vol.num.pages to use field.or.null to +% correctly handle case of missing volume. +% [Nelson H. F. Beebe ] + +% from: +% BibTeX standard bibliography style `unsrt' + % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block + docomma } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := + + #1 'docomma := % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them. +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { % doing a comma is controlled specifically using docomma + docomma #0 = + { "" * write$ } % TDS nothing if no comma + { ", " * write$ } + if$ + } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } +% { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % TDS + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { "" } % the zapped title +% { title "t" change.case$ } % TDS NO TITLES + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ +% 'year % TDS +% { month " " * year * } % TDS + { " (" year * ")" * } + { " " month * " " * " (" year * ")" * * } +%The preceding line was modified by Alan Rogers on 6/26/92. It used to +%look like this: { month " " * " (" year * ")" * * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check +% { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } +% { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } +% no word in nature! + { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ "{ \bf " volume field.or.null * "}" * % make volume bold face + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } +% { ":" * pages n.dashify * } % TDS + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % comma, not colon TDS + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } +% { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + { % book title preceeds the editors!! TDS + "In " + booktitle + ", " + * + emphasize + * + format.editors + * + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { + journal emphasize "journal" output.check + #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF + format.vol.num.pages output % these now do their own comma!! + format.date "year" output.check + #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF + format.date "year" output.check + #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { +% new.sentence + #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF + " (" output.nonnull + organization output + publisher output + #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON + address output.nonnull +% year is at the end TDS +% format.date "year" output.check +%zzz + year ")" * output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2a0d1481397 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1468 @@ +%$$$ newapa.bst $$$ +% BibTeX `newapa' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09 +% Place it in a file called newapa.bst in the BibTeX search path. +%(Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.) +% Support for named citations is provided by named.sty + +% This version was made by modifying the master file made by +% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX +% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider. + +% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is authorized only if either +% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or +% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than 'newapa.bst'. +% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes, +% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is: +% spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu or 71160.3141@compuserve.com +% +% This style was made from 'plain.bst', 'named.bst', and 'apalike.bst', +% with lots of tweaking to make it look like APA style, along with tips +% from Young Ryu and Brian Reiser's modifications of 'apalike.bst'. +% +% Citation format: (author-last-name, year) +% (author-last-name and author-last-name, year) +% (author-last-name {\em et al.}, year) +% (author-last-name) +% (author-last-name and author-last-name) +% (author-last-name {\em et al.}) +% (year) +% +% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one. +% +% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for +% year-only citations. This is done by having the citations +% actually look like +% +% \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year} +% +% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar) +% +% \let\@internalcite\cite +% \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite} +% \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite} +% \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite} +% \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite} +% \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite} +% + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key +% month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label extra.label sort.label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t u } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {special.output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { " " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { ": " write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { ": " * write$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull.colon} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ": " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull.space} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { "\ " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {special.output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'special.output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check.colon} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull.colon + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check.space} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull.space + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + " (" year * extra.label * ")" * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {underline} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "\underline{" swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize.space} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "\/}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } +% { " and " * t * } +% { ", \& " * t * } + { " \& " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.names.fml} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } +% { " and " * t * } + { " \& " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.key} +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors.fml} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names.fml + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (Eds.)" * } + { " (Ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (Eds.)" * } + { " (Ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors.dot} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (Eds.)." * } + { " (Ed.)." * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +% Note that the APA style requres case changes +% in article titles. The following does not +% change cases. If you perfer it, uncomment the +% following and comment out the above. + +%FUNCTION {format.title} +%{ title empty$ +% { "" } +% { title } +% if$ +%} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ edition empty$ + { title emphasize } + { title empty$ + { title emphasize } + { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.emphasize.booktitle} +{ edition empty$ + { booktitle emphasize } + { booktitle empty$ + { booktitle emphasize } + { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check +% { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } +% { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + { "(pp.\" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "(pp.\" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + ")." * + } + if$ +} + +% By Young (and Spencer) +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ number empty$ + { volume empty$ + 'skip$ + { "{\em " volume * "}" * } +% { "\underline{" volume * "}" * } + if$ + } + { volume emphasize.space + number empty$ + {"there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + { "(" number * ")" * * } + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { " " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.incoll} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * } + { "In " format.editors.fml * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors.dot + "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors + output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + address output + publisher "publisher" output.check.colon + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ +% format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors.dot + "author and editor" output.check + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages + "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + address output + publisher + "publisher" output.check.colon + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ +% format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle.incoll + "booktitle" output.check.colon + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages special.output + new.sentence + address output + publisher "publisher" output.check.colon + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref + output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle + "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address output + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb +% Reversed the order of "address" and "organization", added the ":". + address output + organization "organization" output.check.colon +% address output +% ":" output +% organization output +% format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors.dot output.nonnull } + if$ + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle + "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution + "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title + "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {ai} {"Artificial Intelligence"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { fullptr numfull fullsleft } + +STRINGS { u1 u2 } + +FUNCTION {my.full.label} +{ +% Initialize 'u1','u2','s'. + "" 'u1 := + "" 'u2 := + 's := + +% Initialize 'fullptr','numfull','fullsleft'. + #1 'fullptr := + s num.names$ 'numfull := + numfull 'fullsleft := + +% enter the while loop which generates the first-citation information. +% while we have names left, +% format the next name +% if this is the next-to-last name, tack the ampersand on the end +% else if this isn't the last name, tack the comma on the end. +% concatenate the next name onto the first-citation string. +% update the counters. + + { fullsleft #0 > } + { s fullptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 'u1 := + fullsleft #2 = + { u1 " \& " * 'u1 := } + { fullsleft #2 > + { u1 ", " * 'u1 := } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + u2 u1 * 'u2 := + fullptr #1 + 'fullptr := + fullsleft #1 - 'fullsleft := + } + while$ + +% push 'u2' onto the stack -- our first-citation information. + u2 +} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { "et~al. " * } +% { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + + author my.full.label % generate the first-citation information. + + "\protect\citeauthoryear{" swap$ * "}{" * swap$ * "}{" * + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * + 'label := + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * + sortify 'sort.label := +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % added for newapa + 'sort.label := % added for newapa + sort.label % added for newapa + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT % by label, sort.label, title --- for final label calculation + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * "}" * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order. + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} + +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ +} + + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4c138d904be --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@ +% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990). +% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc. + % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU) + % of any bugs, improvements, etc. +% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written +% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put +% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles +% "C preprocessor" +% t) +% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with +% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx +% and run cpp with e.g., +% M-x cpp aip +% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst. +% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below) +% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles +% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last +% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps. +% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles +% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles +% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers +% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon) +% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles +% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles +% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets +% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles +% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries +% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp. +% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals +% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation +% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note +% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity) +% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al. +% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors" +% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels +% KEY_CITE: use key as label +% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations +% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps +% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name +% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al. +% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections +% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES. +% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES. +% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to +% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0. +% These are the original macros + % For American Institute of Physics Journals +% This is the start of btxbst.doc +% BibTeX `plain' family + % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +%# define PLAIN 1 +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). + month +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. + { label } +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders +STRINGS { s t } +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { "," * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} +% This function finishes all entries. +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ skip$ +} +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous. +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {embolden} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {paren} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "(" swap$ * ")" * } + if$ +} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +INTEGERS { etal } +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #5 > + s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #1 > and + or 'etal := + etal + { #1 #1 + 'namesleft := } + { numnames 'namesleft := } + if$ + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { nameptr #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + etal or + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.edited} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { "edited by " editor format.names * } + if$ +} +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {first.page} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ +} +% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if +% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string +% if they're both empty. +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { "" } + 'year + if$ +} +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END +INTEGERS { multiresult } +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.pages.a} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { "page" pages first.page tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null embolden + " " swap$ * * + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages.a } + { ", " * pages first.page * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "in " booktitle emphasize * } + { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and +% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint. +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In " journal * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either +% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on +% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors. +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal field.or.null + format.vol.num.pages + format.date empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.date paren } + { " " * format.date paren * } + if$ + } + if$ + output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"June"} +MACRO {jul} {"July"} +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} +%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992 +%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% Change file names in leading comment +% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation +% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28. +% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988 +% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the +% corresponding changes to +% phyjabb.bib +% phyjabb.btx +MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"} +MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"} +MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"} +MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"} +MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"} +MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"} +MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"} +MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"} +MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"} +MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"} +MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"} +MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"} +MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"} +MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"} +MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"} +MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"} +MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"} +MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"} +MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"} +MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"} +MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"} +MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"} +MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"} +MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"} +MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"} +MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"} +MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"} +MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"} +MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"} +MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"} +MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"} +MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"} +MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"} +MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"} +MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"} +MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"} +MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"} +MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"} +MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"} +MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"} +MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"} +MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"} +MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."} +MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"} +MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"} +MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"} +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. +READ +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END +% Now comes the computation for numeric labels. +% We use either the sorted order or original order. +% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +STRINGS { longest.label } +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% Now we produce the output for all the entries +ITERATE {call.type$} +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..84a0dda965e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1943 @@ +% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990). +% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc. + % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU) + % of any bugs, improvements, etc. +% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written +% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put +% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles +% "C preprocessor" +% t) +% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with +% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx +% and run cpp with e.g., +% M-x cpp aip +% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst. +% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below) +% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles +% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last +% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps. +% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles +% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles +% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers +% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon) +% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles +% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles +% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets +% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles +% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries +% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp. +% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals +% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation +% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note +% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity) +% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al. +% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors" +% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels +% KEY_CITE: use key as label +% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations +% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps +% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name +% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al. +% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections +% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES. +% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES. +% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to +% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0. +% These are the original macros + % For American Psychological Association + % (same as ALPHA but with 0 set and 0 unset) +% This is the start of btxbst.doc +% BibTeX `plain' family + % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version) +% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a. +% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all +% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'. +% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical. +% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'. +% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst. +% +% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty). +% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels +% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately +% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma, +% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either +% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field. +% +% Editorial note: +% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly, +% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something +% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars, +% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better +% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for +% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical" +% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth +% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new +% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically +% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions +% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing +% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage. +% +% History: +% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik. +% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length +% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message. +% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a; +% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title; +% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i. +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% 1: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% 1: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% 1: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% 1: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +%# define PLAIN 1 +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). +% month not used in apalike +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. + { label extra.label sort.label } +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders +STRINGS { s t } +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + " (" year * extra.label * ")" * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} +% This function finishes all entries. +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END +INTEGERS { multiresult } +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % there's no year + organization output % here so things + publisher output % are simpler + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated +MACRO {jan} {"January"} +MACRO {feb} {"February"} +MACRO {mar} {"March"} +MACRO {apr} {"April"} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"June"} +MACRO {jul} {"July"} +MACRO {aug} {"August"} +MACRO {sep} {"September"} +MACRO {oct} {"October"} +MACRO {nov} {"November"} +MACRO {dec} {"December"} +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. +READ +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} +INTEGERS { len } +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + ", " % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * + 'label := +} +% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation +% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a +% special pass to calculate labels when this happens. +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +% The sort.format.title function returns the argument, +% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed. +% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} +% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to +% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the +% organization field takes precedence here over the key field. For sorting +% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field. +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} +ITERATE {presort} +% And now we can sort +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +ITERATE {forward.pass} +REVERSE {reverse.pass} +% Now that the label is right we sort for real, +% on sort.label then year then title. This is +% for the second sorting pass. +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% Now we produce the output for all the entries +ITERATE {call.type$} +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e313fe16af8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@ +% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990). +% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc. + % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU) + % of any bugs, improvements, etc. +% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written +% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put +% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles +% "C preprocessor" +% t) +% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with +% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx +% and run cpp with e.g., +% M-x cpp aip +% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst. +% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below) +% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles +% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last +% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps. +% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles +% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles +% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers +% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon) +% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles +% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles +% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets +% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles +% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries +% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp. +% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals +% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation +% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note +% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity) +% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al. +% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors" +% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels +% KEY_CITE: use key as label +% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations +% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps +% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name +% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al. +% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections +% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES. +% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES. +% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to +% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0. +% These are the original macros + % For Computer Physics Communications +% same as AIP except for 0, 0 +% This is the start of btxbst.doc +% BibTeX `plain' family + % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +%# define PLAIN 1 +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). + month +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. + { label } +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders +STRINGS { s t } +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { "," * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} +% This function finishes all entries. +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ skip$ +} +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous. +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {embolden} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {paren} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "(" swap$ * ")" * } + if$ +} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +INTEGERS { etal } +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #5 > + s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #1 > and + or 'etal := + etal + { #1 #1 + 'namesleft := } + { numnames 'namesleft := } + if$ + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { nameptr #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + etal or + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.edited} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { "edited by " editor format.names * } + if$ +} +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {first.page} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ +} +% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if +% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string +% if they're both empty. +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { "" } + 'year + if$ +} +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END +INTEGERS { multiresult } +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.pages.a} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { "page" pages first.page tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null embolden + " " swap$ * * + format.date empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.date paren } + { " " * format.date paren * } + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages.a } + { " " * pages first.page *} + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "in " booktitle emphasize * } + { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and +% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint. +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In " journal * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either +% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on +% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors. +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal field.or.null + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"June"} +MACRO {jul} {"July"} +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} +%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992 +%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% Change file names in leading comment +% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation +% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28. +% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988 +% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the +% corresponding changes to +% phyjabb.bib +% phyjabb.btx +MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"} +MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"} +MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"} +MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"} +MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"} +MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"} +MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"} +MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"} +MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"} +MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"} +MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"} +MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"} +MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"} +MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"} +MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"} +MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"} +MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"} +MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"} +MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"} +MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"} +MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"} +MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"} +MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"} +MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"} +MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"} +MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"} +MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"} +MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"} +MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"} +MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"} +MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"} +MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"} +MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"} +MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"} +MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"} +MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"} +MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"} +MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"} +MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"} +MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"} +MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"} +MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"} +MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."} +MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"} +MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"} +MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"} +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. +READ +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END +% Now comes the computation for numeric labels. +% We use either the sorted order or original order. +% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +STRINGS { longest.label } +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% Now we produce the output for all the entries +ITERATE {call.type$} +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90dbdedac18 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1889 @@ +% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990). +% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc. + % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU) + % of any bugs, improvements, etc. +% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written +% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put +% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles +% "C preprocessor" +% t) +% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with +% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx +% and run cpp with e.g., +% M-x cpp aip +% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst. +% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below) +% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles +% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last +% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps. +% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles +% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles +% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers +% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon) +% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles +% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles +% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets +% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles +% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries +% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp. +% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals +% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation +% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note +% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity) +% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al. +% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors" +% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels +% KEY_CITE: use key as label +% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations +% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps +% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name +% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al. +% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections +% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES. +% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES. +% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to +% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0. +% These are the original macros + % For 1 Conferences +% same as NF except for 0 and 0 set to 1 +% This is the start of btxbst.doc +% BibTeX `plain' family + % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +%# define PLAIN 1 +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). + month +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. + { label } +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders +STRINGS { s t } +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { "," * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} +% This function finishes all entries. +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ skip$ +} +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous. +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {embolden} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {paren} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "(" swap$ * ")" * } + if$ +} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +INTEGERS { etal } +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #1 > + s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #1 > and + or 'etal := + etal + { #1 #1 + 'namesleft := } + { numnames 'namesleft := } + if$ + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + t "others" = + 'skip$ + { t "u" change.case$ 't := } + if$ + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { nameptr #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + etal or + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.edited} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { "edited by " editor format.names * } + if$ +} +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {first.page} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ +} +% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if +% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string +% if they're both empty. +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { "" } + 'year + if$ +} +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END +INTEGERS { multiresult } +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.pages.a} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { "page" pages first.page tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null embolden + " " swap$ * * + format.date empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.date paren } + { " " * format.date paren * } + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages.a } + { " " * pages first.page *} + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "in " booktitle emphasize * } + { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and +% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint. +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In " journal * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either +% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on +% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors. +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal field.or.null + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"June"} +MACRO {jul} {"July"} +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} +%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992 +%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% Change file names in leading comment +% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation +% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28. +% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988 +% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the +% corresponding changes to +% phyjabb.bib +% phyjabb.btx +MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"} +MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"} +MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"} +MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"} +MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"} +MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"} +MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"} +MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"} +MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"} +MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"} +MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"} +MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"} +MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"} +MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"} +MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"} +MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"} +MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"} +MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"} +MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"} +MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"} +MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"} +MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"} +MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"} +MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"} +MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"} +MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"} +MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"} +MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"} +MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"} +MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"} +MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"} +MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"} +MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"} +MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"} +MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"} +MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"} +MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"} +MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"} +MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"} +MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"} +MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"} +MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"} +MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."} +MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"} +MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"} +MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"} +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. +READ +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END +% Now comes the computation for numeric labels. +% We use either the sorted order or original order. +% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +STRINGS { longest.label } +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% Now we produce the output for all the entries +ITERATE {call.type$} +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f3f804a6c7e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1888 @@ +% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990). +% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc. + % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU) + % of any bugs, improvements, etc. +% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written +% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put +% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles +% "C preprocessor" +% t) +% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with +% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx +% and run cpp with e.g., +% M-x cpp aip +% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst. +% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below) +% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles +% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last +% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps. +% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles +% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles +% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers +% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon) +% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles +% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles +% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets +% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles +% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries +% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp. +% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals +% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation +% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note +% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity) +% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al. +% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors" +% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels +% KEY_CITE: use key as label +% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations +% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps +% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name +% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al. +% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections +% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES. +% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES. +% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to +% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0. +% These are the original macros + % For Journal of Computational Physics + % Cris Barnes and Dave Mikkelson, 9/25/89 +% This is the start of btxbst.doc +% BibTeX `plain' family + % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% 0: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +%# define PLAIN 1 +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). + month +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. + { label } +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders +STRINGS { s t } +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { "," * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} +% This function finishes all entries. +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ skip$ +} +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous. +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {caps} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {embolden} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {paren} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "(" swap$ * ")" * } + if$ +} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + t "others" = + 'skip$ + { t caps 't := } + if$ + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.edited} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { "edited by " editor format.names * } + if$ +} +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + 'title + if$ +} +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {first.page} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ +} +% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if +% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string +% if they're both empty. +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { "" } + 'year + if$ +} +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END +INTEGERS { multiresult } +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.pages.a} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null embolden + " " swap$ * * + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages.a } + { ", " * pages first.page * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "in " booktitle emphasize * } + { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and +% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint. +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either +% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on +% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors. +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize + format.vol.num.pages + format.date empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.date paren } + { " " * format.date paren * } + if$ + } + if$ + output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"June"} +MACRO {jul} {"July"} +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} +%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992 +%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% Change file names in leading comment +% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation +% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28. +% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988 +% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the +% corresponding changes to +% phyjabb.bib +% phyjabb.btx +MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"} +MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"} +MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"} +MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"} +MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"} +MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"} +MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"} +MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"} +MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"} +MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"} +MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"} +MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"} +MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"} +MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"} +MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"} +MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"} +MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"} +MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"} +MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"} +MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"} +MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"} +MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"} +MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"} +MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"} +MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"} +MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"} +MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"} +MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"} +MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"} +MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"} +MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"} +MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"} +MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"} +MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"} +MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"} +MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"} +MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"} +MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"} +MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"} +MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"} +MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"} +MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"} +MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."} +MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"} +MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"} +MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"} +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. +READ +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END +% Now comes the computation for numeric labels. +% We use either the sorted order or original order. +% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +STRINGS { longest.label } +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% Now we produce the output for all the entries +ITERATE {call.type$} +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7c833bb8252 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1890 @@ +% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990). +% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc. + % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU) + % of any bugs, improvements, etc. +% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written +% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put +% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles +% "C preprocessor" +% t) +% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with +% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx +% and run cpp with e.g., +% M-x cpp aip +% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst. +% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below) +% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles +% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last +% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps. +% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles +% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles +% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers +% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon) +% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles +% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles +% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets +% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles +% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries +% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp. +% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals +% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation +% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note +% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity) +% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al. +% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors" +% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels +% KEY_CITE: use key as label +% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations +% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps +% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name +% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al. +% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections +% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES. +% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES. +% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to +% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0. +% These are the original macros + % For Nuclear Fusion + % see Nuclear Fusion Vol. 28, No. 2 (1988), + % "Announcement [of] Guidelines for Bibliographical Citations" +% same as AIP except for 0, 0, 0 and +% 0 and 0 set to use only three names if there are +% 6 or more. Also, no 0, and use 0 and 0. +% There are still some nits to be picked (years in parentheses for +% other than journals, volumes having Vol. before them and pages not +% having p.) +% This is the start of btxbst.doc +% BibTeX `plain' family + % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +%# define PLAIN 1 +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). + month +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. + { label } +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders +STRINGS { s t } +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { "," * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} +% This function finishes all entries. +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ skip$ +} +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous. +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {embolden} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {paren} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "(" swap$ * ")" * } + if$ +} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +INTEGERS { etal } +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #5 > + s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #3 > and + or 'etal := + etal + { #3 #1 + 'namesleft := } + { numnames 'namesleft := } + if$ + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + t "others" = + 'skip$ + { t "u" change.case$ 't := } + if$ + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { nameptr #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + etal or + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {first.page} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ +} +% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if +% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string +% if they're both empty. +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { "" } + 'year + if$ +} +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END +INTEGERS { multiresult } +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.pages.a} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null embolden + " " swap$ * * + format.date empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.date paren } + { " " * format.date paren * } + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages.a } + { " " * pages first.page *} + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "in " booktitle emphasize * } + { "in " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and +% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint. +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In " journal * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either +% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on +% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors. +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal field.or.null + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"June"} +MACRO {jul} {"July"} +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} +%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992 +%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% Change file names in leading comment +% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation +% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28. +% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988 +% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the +% corresponding changes to +% phyjabb.bib +% phyjabb.btx +MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"} +MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"} +MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"} +MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"} +MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"} +MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"} +MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"} +MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"} +MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"} +MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"} +MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"} +MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"} +MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"} +MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"} +MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"} +MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"} +MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"} +MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"} +MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"} +MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"} +MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"} +MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"} +MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"} +MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"} +MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"} +MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"} +MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"} +MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"} +MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"} +MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"} +MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"} +MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"} +MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"} +MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"} +MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"} +MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"} +MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"} +MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"} +MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"} +MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"} +MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"} +MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"} +MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."} +MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"} +MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"} +MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"} +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. +READ +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END +% Now comes the computation for numeric labels. +% We use either the sorted order or original order. +% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +STRINGS { longest.label } +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% Now we produce the output for all the entries +ITERATE {call.type$} +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4c7fc077908 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1883 @@ +% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990). +% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc. + % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU) + % of any bugs, improvements, etc. +% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written +% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put +% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles +% "C preprocessor" +% t) +% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with +% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx +% and run cpp with e.g., +% M-x cpp aip +% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst. +% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below) +% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles +% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last +% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps. +% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles +% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles +% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers +% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon) +% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles +% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles +% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets +% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles +% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries +% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp. +% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals +% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation +% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note +% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity) +% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al. +% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors" +% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels +% KEY_CITE: use key as label +% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations +% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps +% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name +% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al. +% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections +% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES. +% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES. +% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to +% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0. +% These are the original macros + % For Nuclear Fusion Letters +% same as NF except for 0 and 0 set to 5 +% This is the start of btxbst.doc +% BibTeX `plain' family + % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +%# define PLAIN 1 +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). + month +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. + { label } +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders +STRINGS { s t } +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { "," * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} +% This function finishes all entries. +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ skip$ +} +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous. +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {embolden} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {paren} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "(" swap$ * ")" * } + if$ +} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +INTEGERS { etal } +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #5 > + s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #5 > and + or 'etal := + etal + { #5 #1 + 'namesleft := } + { numnames 'namesleft := } + if$ + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + t "others" = + 'skip$ + { t "u" change.case$ 't := } + if$ + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { nameptr #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + etal or + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {first.page} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ +} +% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if +% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string +% if they're both empty. +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { "" } + 'year + if$ +} +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END +INTEGERS { multiresult } +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.pages.a} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null embolden + " " swap$ * * + format.date empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.date paren } + { " " * format.date paren * } + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages.a } + { " " * pages first.page *} + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "in " booktitle emphasize * } + { "in " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and +% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint. +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In " journal * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either +% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on +% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors. +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal field.or.null + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"June"} +MACRO {jul} {"July"} +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} +%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992 +%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% Change file names in leading comment +% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation +% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28. +% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988 +% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the +% corresponding changes to +% phyjabb.bib +% phyjabb.btx +MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"} +MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"} +MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"} +MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"} +MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"} +MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"} +MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"} +MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"} +MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"} +MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"} +MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"} +MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"} +MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"} +MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"} +MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"} +MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"} +MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"} +MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"} +MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"} +MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"} +MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"} +MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"} +MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"} +MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"} +MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"} +MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"} +MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"} +MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"} +MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"} +MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"} +MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"} +MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"} +MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"} +MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"} +MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"} +MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"} +MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"} +MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"} +MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"} +MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"} +MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"} +MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"} +MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."} +MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"} +MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"} +MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"} +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. +READ +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END +% Now comes the computation for numeric labels. +% We use either the sorted order or original order. +% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +STRINGS { longest.label } +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% Now we produce the output for all the entries +ITERATE {call.type$} +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a55d62d9e35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1877 @@ +% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990). +% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc. + % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU) + % of any bugs, improvements, etc. +% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written +% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put +% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles +% "C preprocessor" +% t) +% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with +% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx +% and run cpp with e.g., +% M-x cpp aip +% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst. +% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below) +% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles +% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last +% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps. +% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles +% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles +% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers +% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon) +% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles +% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles +% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets +% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles +% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries +% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp. +% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals +% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation +% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note +% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity) +% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al. +% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors" +% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels +% KEY_CITE: use key as label +% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations +% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps +% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name +% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al. +% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections +% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES. +% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES. +% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to +% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0. +% These are the original macros + % For Physics of Fluids, which now wants ALL the authors + % (Same as AIP but infinite names, abbreviate pages, and + % alternate incollection) +% This is the start of btxbst.doc +% BibTeX `plain' family + % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +%# define PLAIN 1 +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). + month +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. + { label } +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders +STRINGS { s t } +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { "," * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} +% This function finishes all entries. +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ skip$ +} +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous. +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {embolden} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {paren} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "(" swap$ * ")" * } + if$ +} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.edited} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { "edited by " editor format.names * } + if$ +} +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {first.page} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ +} +% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if +% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string +% if they're both empty. +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { "" } + 'year + if$ +} +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END +INTEGERS { multiresult } +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.pages.a} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null embolden + " " swap$ * * + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages.a } + { ", " * pages first.page * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "in " booktitle emphasize * } + { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and +% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint. +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In " journal * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either +% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on +% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors. +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal field.or.null + format.vol.num.pages + format.date empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.date paren } + { " " * format.date paren * } + if$ + } + if$ + output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"June"} +MACRO {jul} {"July"} +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} +%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992 +%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% Change file names in leading comment +% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation +% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28. +% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988 +% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the +% corresponding changes to +% phyjabb.bib +% phyjabb.btx +MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"} +MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"} +MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"} +MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"} +MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"} +MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"} +MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"} +MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"} +MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"} +MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"} +MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"} +MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"} +MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"} +MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"} +MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"} +MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"} +MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"} +MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"} +MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"} +MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"} +MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"} +MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"} +MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"} +MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"} +MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"} +MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"} +MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"} +MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"} +MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"} +MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"} +MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"} +MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"} +MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"} +MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"} +MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"} +MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"} +MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"} +MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"} +MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"} +MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"} +MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"} +MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"} +MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."} +MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"} +MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"} +MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"} +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. +READ +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END +% Now comes the computation for numeric labels. +% We use either the sorted order or original order. +% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +STRINGS { longest.label } +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% Now we produce the output for all the entries +ITERATE {call.type$} +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ca7056ef6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst @@ -0,0 +1,2009 @@ +% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990). +% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc. + % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU) + % of any bugs, improvements, etc. +% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written +% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put +% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles +% "C preprocessor" +% t) +% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with +% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx +% and run cpp with e.g., +% M-x cpp aip +% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst. +% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below) +% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles +% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last +% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps. +% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles +% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles +% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers +% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon) +% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles +% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles +% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets +% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles +% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries +% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp. +% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals +% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation +% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note +% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity) +% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al. +% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors" +% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels +% KEY_CITE: use key as label +% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations +% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps +% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name +% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al. +% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections +% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES. +% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES. +% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to +% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0. +% These are the original macros + % A physics version of APALIKE +% This is the start of btxbst.doc +% BibTeX `plain' family + % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version) +% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a. +% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved. +% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all +% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'. +% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical. +% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'. +% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst. +% +% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty). +% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels +% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately +% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma, +% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either +% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field. +% +% Editorial note: +% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly, +% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something +% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars, +% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better +% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for +% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical" +% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth +% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new +% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically +% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions +% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing +% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage. +% +% History: +% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik. +% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length +% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message. +% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a; +% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title; +% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i. +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% 1: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% 1: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% 0: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% 1: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +%# define PLAIN 1 +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). +% month not used in apalike +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. + { label extra.label sort.label } +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders +STRINGS { s t } +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +% apalike needs this function because +% the year has special punctuation; +% apalike ignores the month +FUNCTION {output.year.check} +{ year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { write$ + " (" year * extra.label * ")" * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} +% This function finishes all entries. +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {caps} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {embolden} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first + t "others" = + 'skip$ + { t caps 't := } + if$ + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " {\em et~al.}" * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike +{ empty$ + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + 'title + if$ +} +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END +INTEGERS { multiresult } +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null embolden + " " swap$ * * + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike +} +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ "In" % this is for apalike + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize + format.vol.num.pages output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished output + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check + editor format.key output + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % special for apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % there's no year + organization output % here so things + publisher output % are simpler + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + format.edition output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title output + new.block + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.editors output + editor format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address output % for apalike + new.sentence % we always output + organization output % a nonempty organization + publisher output % here + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % special for + output.year.check % apalike + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + fin.entry +} +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated +MACRO {jan} {"January"} +MACRO {feb} {"February"} +MACRO {mar} {"March"} +MACRO {apr} {"April"} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"June"} +MACRO {jul} {"July"} +MACRO {aug} {"August"} +MACRO {sep} {"September"} +MACRO {oct} {"October"} +MACRO {nov} {"November"} +MACRO {dec} {"December"} +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} +%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992 +%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% Change file names in leading comment +% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation +% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28. +% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988 +% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the +% corresponding changes to +% phyjabb.bib +% phyjabb.btx +MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"} +MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"} +MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"} +MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"} +MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"} +MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"} +MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"} +MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"} +MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"} +MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"} +MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"} +MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"} +MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"} +MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"} +MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"} +MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"} +MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"} +MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"} +MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"} +MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"} +MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"} +MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"} +MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"} +MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"} +MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"} +MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"} +MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"} +MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"} +MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"} +MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"} +MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"} +MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"} +MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"} +MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"} +MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"} +MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"} +MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"} +MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"} +MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"} +MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"} +MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"} +MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"} +MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."} +MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"} +MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"} +MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"} +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. +READ +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} +INTEGERS { len } +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END +% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones), +% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.). +% This function is much like format.crossref.editors. +% +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps + s num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " {\em et~al.}" * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " {\em et~al.}" * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {editor.key.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization + 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting + if$ + } + if$ + ", " % these three lines are + * % for apalike, which + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits + * + 'label := +} +% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation +% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a +% special pass to calculate labels when this happens. +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +% The sort.format.title function returns the argument, +% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed. +% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} +% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to +% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the +% organization field takes precedence here over the key field. For sorting +% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field. +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {editor.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} +% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the +% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed; +% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order. +% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes +% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates. +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + label sortify + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for + 'sort.label := % apalike + sort.label % style + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} +ITERATE {presort} +% And now we can sort +SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text; +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography +FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label' +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.label label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + label 'last.label := + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * 'label := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +ITERATE {forward.pass} +REVERSE {reverse.pass} +% Now that the label is right we sort for real, +% on sort.label then year then title. This is +% for the second sorting pass. +FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} +{ sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} +ITERATE {bib.sort.order} +SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike +} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% Now we produce the output for all the entries +ITERATE {call.type$} +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..919ab181cb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@ +% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990). +% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc. + % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU) + % of any bugs, improvements, etc. +% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written +% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put +% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles +% "C preprocessor" +% t) +% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with +% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx +% and run cpp with e.g., +% M-x cpp aip +% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst. +% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below) +% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles +% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last +% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps. +% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles +% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles +% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers +% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon) +% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles +% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles +% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets +% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles +% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries +% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp. +% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals +% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation +% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note +% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity) +% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al. +% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors" +% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels +% KEY_CITE: use key as label +% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations +% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps +% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name +% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al. +% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections +% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES. +% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES. +% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to +% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0. +% These are the original macros + % For internal reports +% same as AIP except for 0, 0, 0, +% 0, 0, 0 +% This is the start of btxbst.doc +% BibTeX `plain' family + % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% 0: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +%# define PLAIN 1 +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). + month +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. + { label } +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders +STRINGS { s t } +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { "," * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} +% This function finishes all entries. +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ skip$ +} +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous. +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {embolden} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {paren} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "(" swap$ * ")" * } + if$ +} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.edited} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { "edited by " editor format.names * } + if$ +} +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + 'title + if$ +} +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if +% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string +% if they're both empty. +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + 'year + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END +INTEGERS { multiresult } +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null embolden + " " swap$ * * + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ", " * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "in " booktitle emphasize * } + { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and +% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint. +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In " journal * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either +% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on +% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors. +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal field.or.null + format.vol.num.pages + format.date empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.date paren } + { " " * format.date paren * } + if$ + } + if$ + output + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"June"} +MACRO {jul} {"July"} +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} +%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992 +%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% Change file names in leading comment +% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation +% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28. +% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988 +% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the +% corresponding changes to +% phyjabb.bib +% phyjabb.btx +MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"} +MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"} +MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"} +MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"} +MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"} +MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"} +MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"} +MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"} +MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"} +MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"} +MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"} +MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"} +MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"} +MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"} +MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"} +MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"} +MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"} +MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"} +MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"} +MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"} +MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"} +MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"} +MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"} +MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"} +MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"} +MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"} +MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"} +MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"} +MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"} +MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"} +MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"} +MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"} +MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"} +MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"} +MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"} +MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"} +MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"} +MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"} +MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"} +MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"} +MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"} +MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"} +MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."} +MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"} +MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"} +MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"} +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. +READ +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END +% Now comes the computation for numeric labels. +% We use either the sorted order or original order. +% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +STRINGS { longest.label } +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% Now we produce the output for all the entries +ITERATE {call.type$} +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b6dd3b0d620 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst @@ -0,0 +1,2150 @@ +% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990). +% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc. + % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU) + % of any bugs, improvements, etc. +% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written +% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put +% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles +% "C preprocessor" +% t) +% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with +% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx +% and run cpp with e.g., +% M-x cpp aip +% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst. +% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below) +% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles +% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last +% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps. +% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles +% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles +% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers +% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon) +% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles +% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles +% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets +% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles +% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries +% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp. +% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals +% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation +% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note +% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity) +% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al. +% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors" +% RMP_LABELS: create 1-style labels +% KEY_CITE: use key as label +% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations +% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps +% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name +% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al. +% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections +% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES. +% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES. +% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to +% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0. +% These are the original macros + % For Reviews of Modern Physics, +% except first name not inverted yet and order of fields not hacked +% This is the start of btxbst.doc +% BibTeX `plain' family + % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% 1: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% 1: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +%# define PLAIN 1 +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). + month +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. + { label extra.label sort.label } +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders +STRINGS { s t } +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { "," * write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} +% This function finishes all entries. +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ skip$ +} +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} +% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous. +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {embolden} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {bracket} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "[" swap$ * "]" * } + if$ +} +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.edited} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { "edited by " editor format.names * } + if$ +} +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} +FUNCTION {first.page} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ +} +% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if +% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string +% if they're both empty. +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + 'year + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END +INTEGERS { multiresult } +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {format.pages.a} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null embolden + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages.a } + { ":" * pages first.page * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "in " booktitle emphasize * } + { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and +% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint. +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + key empty$ not and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In " journal * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either +% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on +% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors. +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"June"} +MACRO {jul} {"July"} +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} +%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992 +%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% Change file names in leading comment +% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation +% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28. +% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988 +% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the +% corresponding changes to +% phyjabb.bib +% phyjabb.btx +MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"} +MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"} +MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"} +MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"} +MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"} +MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"} +MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"} +MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"} +MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"} +MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"} +MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"} +MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"} +MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"} +MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"} +MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"} +MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"} +MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"} +MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"} +MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"} +MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"} +MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"} +MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"} +MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"} +MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"} +MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"} +MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"} +MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"} +MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"} +MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"} +MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"} +MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"} +MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"} +MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"} +MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"} +MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"} +MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"} +MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"} +MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"} +MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"} +MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"} +MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"} +MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"} +MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"} +MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"} +MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."} +MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"} +MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"} +MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"} +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. +READ +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} +INTEGERS { len } +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END +INTEGERS { et.al.char.used } +FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used} +{ #0 'et.al.char.used := +} +EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used} +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #1 > + { numnames #2 > + { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ " et~al." * } + { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ + s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * s #2 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #9 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #9 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.organization.label + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.key.organization.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + " " * year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ + * + 'label := + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ + * + sortify 'sort.label := +} +% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation +% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a +% special pass to calculate labels when this happens. +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ % apalike uses initials + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} +% The sort.format.title function returns the argument, +% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed. +% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} +% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to +% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the +% organization field takes precedence here over the key field. For sorting +% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field. +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} +% There is a limit, entry.max$, on the length of an entry string variable +% (which is what its sort.key$ is), so we take at most that many characters +% of the constructed key, and hope there aren't many references that match +% to that many characters! +FUNCTION {presort} +{ calc.label + sort.label + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + * + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} +ITERATE {presort} +% And now we can sort +SORT +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END +STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra } +INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num } +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'longest.label.width := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.sort.label sort.label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + sort.label 'last.sort.label := + } + if$ +} +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * 'label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + extra.label 'next.extra := +} +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +ITERATE {forward.pass} +REVERSE {reverse.pass} +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ et.al.char.used + { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} +% Now we produce the output for all the entries +ITERATE {call.type$} +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f3afc319c2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst @@ -0,0 +1,1144 @@ +%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/plainyr.bst, Mon Jun 29 08:06:48 1992 +%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%% I've called this posting plainyr instead of the author's datasort +%% because the latter is uninformative. + +% Newsgroups: comp.text.tex +% Path: math.utah.edu!hellgate.utah.edu!cs.utexas.edu!uunet!brunix!cs.brown.edu!mpp +% From: mpp@cns.brown.edu (Michael P. Perrone) +% Subject: Re: bibtex sorting by year +% Message-ID: <1992Jun26.075302.21206@cs.brown.edu> +% Sender: mpp@cs.brown.edu (Michael P. Perrone) +% Organization: Center for Neural Science, Brown University +% References: <1992Jun26.065942.20721@cs.brown.edu> +% Date: Fri, 26 Jun 1992 07:53:02 GMT +% Lines: 1128 +% +% i figured out the bibtex problem. +% the following bibstyle file will sort by year, author, title (in that order) +% with the usual editor, organization (etc.) substitutions +% +% % ----- cut here ------------------------------- +% +%------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% DATASORT.BST --- created: 92.6.26 (Michael P. Perrone, Brown University) +% +% this is a simple hack of the plain.bst bibtex style file +% which processes bibliography entries in chronological order +% by year. within a year things are sort by author, title, etc. +% +% DISCLAIMER: if this doesn't work - sorry! +%------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% +% [MODIFIED] BibTeX standard bibliography style `plain' + % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. + % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + % Copying of this file is authorized only if either + % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or + % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than + % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. + % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. + % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. + +ENTRY + { address + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} + { label } + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } + { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + 'year + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "(" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":" * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and + key empty$ not and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +READ + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {year.sort} +{ year empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need year or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { year sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {presort} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'year.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + " " + * + author field.or.null + sort.format.names + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ preamble$ empty$ + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33498d9e167 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +% +% 8/4/'90 +%Ciaran McHale +%Department of Computer Science, Trinity College, Dublin 2, Ireland. +%Telephone: +353-1-772941 ext 1538 FAX: +353-1-772204 Telex: 93782 TCD EI +%email: cjmchale@cs.tcd.ie or cjmchale%cs.tcd.ie@cunyvm.cuny.edu +% Hacked together by Ciaran McHale (cjmchale@cs.tcd.ie) to translate +% BibTeX bibliographies into refer format +% Based on a bib style file by Kannan Varadhan +% + + +ENTRY + { % entry fields + abstract % non standard + address + annote % non standard + author + booktitle + chapter + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + journal + key + keywords % non standard + month + note + number + organization + pages + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + } + {} % no integer entry variables + { label extra.label sort.label } % label entry variables + + +STRINGS { s t a.name } + + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {handle.names} +{ 't := % type e.g. "A" for authors, "E" for editors + 's := % the string containing the names + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 'a.name := + + a.name "others" = + 'skip$ % don't print out "%A others" + { "%" t * " " * a.name * write$ newline$ } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {handle.maybe.empty} +{ + 't := + duplicate$ + empty$ + 'pop$ + { "%" t * " " * swap$ * write$ newline$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {translate} +{ + newline$ % get a blank line between each entry + + title "T" handle.maybe.empty + booktitle "B" handle.maybe.empty + + % there may be multiple authors so handle it differently + author empty$ + { " empty author in " cite$ * warning$ } + { author "A" handle.names } + if$ + editor "E" handle.maybe.empty + journal "J" handle.maybe.empty + keywords "K" handle.maybe.empty + cite$ "L" handle.maybe.empty + volume "V" handle.maybe.empty + abstract "X" handle.maybe.empty + + % The date, if present may be just the year or both the month and year + % or might even be just the month + month empty$ year empty$ and + 'skip$ % no date of publication so nothing to do + { + month empty$ % I'm using the if statement because I'm not + { "" } % sure that--- month " " year * --- would work. + { month " " * } % (The manual doesn't mention anything about + if$ % this so I'm playing safe) + year empty$ + { "" } + { year } + if$ + * + "D" handle.maybe.empty + } + if$ + pages "P" handle.maybe.empty + note "O" handle.maybe.empty + number "N" handle.maybe.empty + series "S" handle.maybe.empty + annote "Y" handle.maybe.empty + address "C" handle.maybe.empty + +} + + +FUNCTION {article} { translate } +FUNCTION {book} { translate } +FUNCTION {booklet} { translate } +FUNCTION {inbook} { translate } +FUNCTION {incollection} { translate } +FUNCTION {inproceedings} { translate } +FUNCTION {manual} { translate } +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} { translate } +FUNCTION {misc} { translate } +FUNCTION {phdthesis} { translate } +FUNCTION {proceedings} { translate } +FUNCTION {techreport} { translate } +FUNCTION {unpublished} { translate } +FUNCTION {default.type} { translate } + + +READ + +ITERATE {call.type$} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..05b733c0995 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc @@ -0,0 +1,2665 @@ +% /u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc, Thu Sep 12 10:19:13 1991 +% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe +% /u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc, Wed Oct 17 08:27:24 1990 +% Edit by Nelson H.F. Beebe + +% NB: Important convention: comment lines beginning with 2 (or +% more) percents are to be preserved in the derived style +% files. Comment lines beginning with only 1 percent can be +% discarded (and are, if the derived files are produced with +% the UNIX Makefile that accompanies this file.) + +%% ===================================================================== +%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe", +%% version = "1.02", +%% date = "12 September 1991", +%% filename = "xbtxbst.doc", +%% address = "Center for Scientific Computing +%% Department of Mathematics +%% South Physics Building +%% University of Utah +%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112 +%% USA +%% Tel: (801) 581-5254", +%% checksum = "50938 2665 11236 78415", +%% email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)", +%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%% keywords = "BibTeX, style, bibliography", +%% supported = "yes", +%% docstring = "This file is a modification of the standard +%% BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file +%% derived from that modification. It contains +%% added support for ISBN and ISSN fields, as +%% well as for the PERIODICAL entry. The UNIX C +%% preprocessor can be used to extract the +%% extensions of the standard styles, as +%% follows: +%% +%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc is-plain.txt +%% cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc is-unsrt.txt +%% cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc is-alpha.txt +%% cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc is-abbrv.txt +%% +%% If desired, a sed script can be used to +%% eliminate non-essential comments (this +%% reduces the file size by 2/3); a command +%% filter step like +%% sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d' +%% will accomplish that job. +%% +%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%% checksum as the first value, followed by the +%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word +%% count) utility output of lines, words, and +%% characters. This is produced by Robert +%% Solovay's checksum utility." +%% } +%% ===================================================================== +%% Revision history (reverse time order): +%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991] +%% Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less +%% line breaks around volume(number):page. +%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991] +%% Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program. +%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990] +%% Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into +%% this master file, xbtxbst.doc. + +% In the following, only essential changes have been applied; the +% documentation immediately below referring to the use of cpp on +% btxbst.doc has not been altered. See the docstring entry above +% for current information. + +%% BibTeX `plain' family +%% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09. +%% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. +%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either +%% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or +%% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than +%% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst. +%% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical. +%% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style. +% +% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in +% these standard styles or in this documentation file. +% +% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles, +% and is also a template file that you can use to make +% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor. +% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like +% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt +% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt +% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt +% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt +% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines. +% If you don't have access, +% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor, +% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here. +% +% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain +% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence +% #if VAR +% lines to be included when VAR is not zero +% #else +% lines to be included when VAR is zero +% #endif +% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of +% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR. +% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif. +% Variables can be set by +% #define VAR value +% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef +% to see if it has none. +% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines +% after the #if only if VAR is zero. +% +% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables +% so you can spot them easily +% +% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA +% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given), +% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the +% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file. +% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style. +% Here are the current variables, and their meanings: +% LAB_ALPH: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric +% label is used) +% SORTED: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric) +% and other info, like authors (if false, then +% entries remain in order of occurrence) +% NAME_FULL: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as +% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first +% names become initials) +% ATIT_LOWER: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be +% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or +% first letter after a colon +% (if false then they appear as in the database) +% MONTH_FULL: months are spelled out in full (if false, then +% they're abbreviated) +% JOUR_FULL: macro journal names are spelled out in full +% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently +% as they appear in ACM publications) +#ifndef UNSRT +# ifndef ALPHA +# ifndef ABBRV +# define PLAIN 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif +#ifdef PLAIN +% plain style (sorted numbers) +# define LAB_ALPH 0 +# define SORTED 1 +# define NAME_FULL 1 +# define ATIT_LOWER 1 +# define MONTH_FULL 1 +# define JOUR_FULL 1 +#endif +#ifdef UNSRT +% unsrt style (unsorted numbers) +# define LAB_ALPH 0 +# define SORTED 0 +# define NAME_FULL 1 +# define ATIT_LOWER 1 +# define MONTH_FULL 1 +# define JOUR_FULL 1 +#endif +#ifdef ALPHA +% alpha style (sorted short alphabetics) +# define LAB_ALPH 1 +# define SORTED 1 +# define NAME_FULL 1 +# define ATIT_LOWER 1 +# define MONTH_FULL 1 +# define JOUR_FULL 1 +#endif +#ifdef ABBRV +% abbrv style (sorted numbers, with abbreviations) +# define LAB_ALPH 0 +# define SORTED 1 +# define NAME_FULL 0 +# define ATIT_LOWER 1 +# define MONTH_FULL 0 +# define JOUR_FULL 0 +#endif +% +% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen +% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized +% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence +% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes). +% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry +% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage) +% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break +% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks, +% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib'; +% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together. +% +% Citation alphabetic label format: +% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key) +% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors +% +% Citation label numberic format: +% [number] +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables: +% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever +% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year, +% then title +% +% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables: +% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes +% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title +% +% Reference list ordering for unsorted: +% by the order cited in the text +% +% History +% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey. +% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport. +% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik. +% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made. +% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f. +% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i: +% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name; +% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function. +% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes: +% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed; +% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE; +% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace +% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions; +% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title; +% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em; +% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a +% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label; +% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept."; +% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just +% the fields they're supposed to; +% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles; +% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g. +% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter"; +% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow +% either volume or number, not just volume; +% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field; +% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field +% to tell where a conference was held; +% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume +% or number, and also a series field; +% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than +% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis"; +% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date; +% MANUAL now prints out the organization in +% the first block if the author field is empty; +% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field. +% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three +% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this +% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the +% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current. +% +% The ENTRY declaration +% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition), +% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling. +% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't +% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields +% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later. + +ENTRY +% Fields: + { address +% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization. +% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the +% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major +% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS, +% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry +% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if +% necessary, in the publisher or organization field. +% annote +% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence). + author +% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format. + booktitle +% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book. +% For book entries, the title field should be used instead. + chapter +% Chapter (or section or whatever) number. + edition +% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second"). + editor +% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format. +% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be +% for the book or collection that the work appears in. + howpublished +% How something strange has been published (begins sentence). + institution +% Sponsoring institution of a technical report. + isbn +% ISBN book number (a 10-digit number with optional +% embedded spaces or hyphens, where a `digit' is one of +% 0123456789X). + issn +% ISSN serial publication number (an 8-digit number with optional +% embedded spaces or hyphens, where a `digit' is one of +% 0123456789X). + journal +% Journal name (macros are provided for many). + key +% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key +% (needed when an entry has no author or editor). + month +% Month (macros are provided). + note +% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence). + number +% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series. + organization +% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if +% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces +% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately +% condensed organization information in the key field as well. + pages +% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+' +% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range). + publisher +% Publisher name. + school +% School name (for theses). + series +% The name of a series or set of books. +% An individual book will will also have it's own title. + title +% The title of the thing you're referred to. + type +% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of +% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a +% thesis; or of a part of a book. + volume +% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work. + year +% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end +% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence). + } +% There are no integer entry variables + {} +% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label. +% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly. +#if LAB_ALPH +#if SORTED + { label extra.label sort.label } +#else !SORTED +% It doesn't seem like a good idea to use an order-of-citation +% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but when this happens +% we do things a little differently + { label } +#endif SORTED +#else !LAB_ALPH + { label } +#endif LAB_ALPH + +% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the +% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields +% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions +% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's), +% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string. +% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the +% entry. +% +% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks': +% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent +% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than +% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to +% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should +% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be +% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is +% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two +% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between +% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two +% successive new.block's. +% +% The output routines don't write their argument immediately. +% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be +% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come +% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending +% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it. +% +% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state. +% It will be one of these values: +% before.all just after the \bibitem +% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed +% if more sentence is output +% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed +% after.block just after a block (and sentence): +% period and \newblock needed. +% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence +% +% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output +% +% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull) +% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed +% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of +% occurrence. +% +% output.nonnull(s) == +% BEGIN +% s := argument on stack +% if output.state = mid.sentence then +% write$(pop() * ", ") +% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top +% else +% if output.state = after.block then +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% write$("\newblock ") +% else +% if output.state = before.all then +% write$(pop()) +% else -- output.state should be after.sentence +% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ") +% fi +% fi +% output.state := mid.sentence +% fi +% push s on stack +% END +% +% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty; +% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string) +% +% output(s) == +% BEGIN +% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if +% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty +% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field; +% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when +% such fields are empty). +% +% output.check(s,t) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$) +% else output.nonnull(s) +% fi +% END +% +% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry +% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator +% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack +% as per the output convention. +% +% output.bibitem == +% BEGIN +% newline$ +% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels, +% write$(label) % these three lines +% write$("]{") % are used +% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels +% write$(cite$) +% write$("}") +% push "" on stack +% output.state := before.all +% END +% +% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the +% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all +% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad, +% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the +% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.) +% +% fin.entry == +% BEGIN +% write$(add.period$(pop())) +% newline$ +% END +% +% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and +% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence. +% +% new.block == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.block +% fi +% END +% +% new.sentence == +% BEGIN +% if output.state <> after.block then +% if output.state <> before.all then +% output.state := after.sentence +% fi +% fi +% END +% + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} +{ #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +% the variables s and t are temporary string holders + +STRINGS { s t } + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { ", " * write$ } + { output.state after.block = + { add.period$ write$ + newline$ + "\newblock " write$ + } + { output.state before.all = + 'write$ + { add.period$ " " * write$ } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.check} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} +{ newline$ +#if LAB_ALPH + "\bibitem[" write$ + label write$ + "]{" write$ +#else + "\bibitem{" write$ +#endif LAB_ALPH + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + +% This function finishes all entries. + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ add.period$ + write$ + newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block} +{ output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence} +{ output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack +% and push a single one, either 0 or 1. +% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because +% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The +% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty; +% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty. + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous. + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} +{ empty$ + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} +{ empty$ + swap$ empty$ + and + 'skip$ + 'new.sentence + if$ +} + +% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry. +% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by +% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period), +% or they produce the null string. +% +% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the +% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no +% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database) +% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters. +% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string. +% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the +% stack is a string rather than a missing field. +% +% field.or.null(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return s +% END +% +% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised, +% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic +% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation +% will follow the result. +% +% emphasize(s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then return "" +% else return "{\em " * s * "}" +% +% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in +% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas +% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last +% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always +% contain at least one name. +% +% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER +% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% format.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% nameptr := 1 +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% namesleft := numnames +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% % for full names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% % for abbreviated first names: +% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}") +% if nameptr > 1 then +% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t +% else if numnames > 2 +% then nameresult := nameresult * "," +% fi +% if t = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al." +% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t +% fi +% fi +% else nameresult := t +% fi +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% return nameresult +% END +% +% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author) +% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string +% +% format.authors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then return "" +% else return format.names(author) +% fi +% END +% +% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field, +% and appends ", editor" or ", editors" +% +% format.editors == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(editor) then return "" +% else +% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then +% return format.names(editor) * ", editors" +% else +% return format.names(editor) * ", editor" +% fi +% fi +% END +% +% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be +% given for them. +% +% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and +% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value + +FUNCTION {field.or.null} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } +#if NAME_FULL + { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := +#else + { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := +#endif NAME_FULL + nameptr #1 > + { namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.authors} +{ author empty$ + { "" } + { author format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor empty$ + { "" } + { editor format.names + editor num.names$ #1 > + { ", editors" * } + { ", editor" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.isbn} +{ isbn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "ISBN " isbn * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.issn} +{ issn empty$ + { "" } + { new.block "ISSN " issn * } + if$ +} + +% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles. +% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter, +% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)), +% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized; +% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database. + +FUNCTION {format.title} +{ title empty$ + { "" } +#if ATIT_LOWER + { title "t" change.case$ } +#else + 'title +#endif ATIT_LOWER + if$ +} + +% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX +% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable. +% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to +% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable. +% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely) + +% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--' +% if it's not already +% +% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack) +% +% n.dashify(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% pageresult := "" +% while (not empty$(t)) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-") +% then +% if (next character isn't) +% then +% pageresult := pageresult * "--" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% else +% while (first character of t = "-") +% do +% pageresult := pageresult * "-" +% t := t with the "-" removed +% od +% fi +% else +% pageresult := pageresult * the first character +% t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return pageresult +% END + +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if +% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string +% if they're both empty. + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty$ + { month empty$ + { "" } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + } + if$ + } + { month empty$ + 'year + { month " " * year * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like +% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it. + +FUNCTION {format.btitle} +{ title emphasize +} + +% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a +% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters). +% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two +% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between +% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack: +% +% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) == +% BEGIN +% if text.length$(str2) < 3 +% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2 +% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2 +% END + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair +% are nonempty. +% +% either.or.check(t,s) == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(s) then +% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$) +% fi +% END + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps +% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field +% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume +% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to), +% and we add an "of ". This function is called in mid-sentence. + +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} +{ volume empty$ + { "" } + { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + 'skip$ + { " of " * series emphasize * } + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name +% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to +% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the +% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either +% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string. +% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field +% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title +% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in ". +% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block. + +FUNCTION {format.number.series} +{ volume empty$ + { number empty$ + { series field.or.null } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { "number" } + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect + series empty$ + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in " * series * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present. +% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because +% this doesn't start a sentence. + +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition empty$ + { "" } + { output.state mid.sentence = + { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * } + { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book +% (and in rare circumstances, an article). +% +% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+" +% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists. +% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string" +% +% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean) +% +% multi.page.check(s) == +% BEGIN +% t := s +% multiresult := false +% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t))) +% do +% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+") +% then multiresult := true +% else t := t with the first character removed +% fi +% od +% return multiresult +% END + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized. +% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind. + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages empty$ + { "" } + { pages multi.page.check + { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } + { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range +% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some +% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence. + +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} +{ volume field.or.null + number empty$ + 'skip$ + { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * * + volume empty$ + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ format.pages } + { ":\penalty0 " * pages n.dashify * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the +% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number. +% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence. + +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} +{ chapter empty$ + 'format.pages + { type empty$ + { "chapter" } + { type "l" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty$ + 'skip$ + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence +% that begins "In ", putting an editor before the title if one +% exists. + +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} +{ booktitle empty$ + { "" } + { editor empty$ + { "In " booktitle emphasize * } + { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and +% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint. + +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ + and and and and and +#if SORTED + key empty$ not and +#else !SORTED +#if LAB_ALPH + key empty$ not and +#endif LAB_ALPH +#endif SORTED + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field, +% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack +% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis"). + +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} +{ type empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ + type "t" change.case$ + } + if$ +} + +% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report" +% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one; +% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number. +% This is used at the beginning of a sentence. + +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} +{ type empty$ + { "Technical Report" } + 'type + if$ + number empty$ + { "t" change.case$ } + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because +% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving +% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature +% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled +% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for +% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE; +% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK; +% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Each of these is explained in more detail later. +% +% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is +% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic--- +% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be +% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields). +% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry +% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life. +% +% format.article.crossref == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(key) then +% if empty$(journal) then +% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ * +% " to crossref " * crossref) +% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% else +% return("In " * emphasize.correct (journal) * +% " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% else +% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}") +% fi +% END +% +% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. + +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} +{ key empty$ + { journal empty$ + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * + warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either +% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on +% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors. + +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al." * } + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al." * } + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a +% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume). +% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the +% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series +% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work). + +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} +{ volume empty$ + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { series empty$ + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the +% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS. +% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct +% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else +% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title). + +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} +{ editor empty$ + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty$ + { booktitle empty$ + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" + } + { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } + if$ + } + { "In " key * } + if$ + } + { "In " format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear +% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These +% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for +% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the +% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types. +% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance, +% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'. +% +% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may +% CROSSREF another article. +% Required fields: author, title, journal, year +% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note +% +% article == +% BEGIN +% output.bibitem +% output.check(format.authors,"author") +% new.block +% output.check(format.title,"title") +% new.block +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal") +% output(format.vol.num.pages) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% else +% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref) +% output(format.pages) +% fi +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book. +% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year +% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month, +% note +% +% book == +% BEGIN +% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor") +% else output.check(format.authors,"author") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% either.or.check("author and editor",editor) +% fi +% fi +% new.block +% output.check(format.btitle,"title") +% if missing$(crossref) then +% output(format.bvolume) +% new.block +% output(format.number.series) +% new.sentence +% output.check(publisher,"publisher") +% output(address) +% else +% new.block +% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref) +% fi +% output(format.edition) +% output.check(format.date,"year") +% new.block +% output(note) +% fin.entry +% END +% +% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version" +% will be given for them. + +FUNCTION {article} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { journal emphasize "journal" output.check + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + format.isbn output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + howpublished address new.block.checkb + howpublished output + address output + format.date output + format.isbn output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings. + +% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range. +% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field +% will come before number and series. +% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year +% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { format.bvolume output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + } + { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + format.isbn output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title +% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole). +% An incollection may CROSSREF a book. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages, +% address, edition, month, note + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.chapter.pages output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" output.check + address output + format.edition output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + format.isbn output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may +% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year) +% will appear just before note. +% Required: author, title, booktitle, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + format.pages output + address empty$ + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + organization output + publisher output + } + if$ + } + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.pages output + } + if$ + format.isbn output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility. + +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } + +% A manual is technical documentation. +% Required: title +% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ output.bibitem + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output.nonnull + address output + } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { address new.block.checka + address output + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { organization address new.block.checkb + organization output + address output + } + if$ + format.edition output + format.date output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere. +% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields +% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors output + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + format.date output + format.issn output + new.block + note output + fin.entry + empty.misc.check +} + +% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis. +% Required: author, title, school, year +% Optional: type, address, month, note + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block + "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull + school "school" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +% A periodical is a publication that appears at regular +% intervals. This includes journals, magazines, and newspapers. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the +% organization will appear as the first optional field (we try to +% make the first block nonempty); if there's no address field, +% the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, key +% Optional: editor, volume, number, series, address, month, year, +% organization, publisher, note, issn, +% howpublished + +FUNCTION {periodical} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + title emphasize "title" output.check +% format.bvolume output +% format.number.series output + format.vol.num.pages output + format.date output + format.issn output + new.sentence + publisher output + address output + howpublished new.block.checka + howpublished output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +% A proceedings is a conference proceedings. +% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will +% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty); +% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note. +% Required: title, year +% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month, +% organization, publisher, note + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ output.bibitem + editor empty$ + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + address empty$ + { editor empty$ + { publisher new.sentence.checka } + { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb + organization output + } + if$ + publisher output + format.date "year" output.check + } + { address output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.check + new.sentence + editor empty$ + 'skip$ + { organization output } + if$ + publisher output + } + if$ + format.isbn output + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +% A techreport is a technical report. +% Required: author, title, institution, year +% Optional: type, number, address, month, note + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + format.tr.number output.nonnull + institution "institution" output.check + address output + format.date "year" output.check + new.block + note output + fin.entry +} + +% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published. +% Required: author, title, note +% Optional: month, year + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + note "note" output.check + format.date output + fin.entry +} + +% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning. + +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } + +% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style. +% Users are encouraged to use these macros. +% +% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated + +#if MONTH_FULL + +MACRO {jan} {"January"} + +MACRO {feb} {"February"} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"August"} + +MACRO {sep} {"September"} + +MACRO {oct} {"October"} + +MACRO {nov} {"November"} + +MACRO {dec} {"December"} + +#else !MONTH_FULL + +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} + +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} + +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} + +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} + +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} + +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} + +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} + +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + +#endif MONTH_FULL + +% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated; +% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications. +% +% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make +% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then +% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command + +#if JOUR_FULL + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"} + +MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"} + +MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"} + +#else !JOUR_FULL + +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} + +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} + +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} + +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} + +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} + +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."} + +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} + +MACRO {ieeetcad} + {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"} + +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} + +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} + +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} + +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"} + +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} + +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} + +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} + +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."} + +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."} + +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} + +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."} + +MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."} + +#endif JOUR_FULL + +% Now we read in the .BIB entries. + +READ + +% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's +% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting +% +% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len +% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the +% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w. + +#if SORTED + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +#else !SORTED +#if LAB_ALPH + +% We need the chop.word stuff for the dubious unsorted-list-with-labels case. + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +#endif LAB_ALPH +#endif SORTED + +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels +% +% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of +% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names, +% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+"; +% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others"). +% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just +% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two), +% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean +% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we +% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it. +% +% format.lab.names(s) == +% BEGIN +% numnames := num.names$(s) +% if numnames > 1 then +% if numnames > 4 then +% namesleft := 3 +% else +% namesleft := numnames +% nameptr := 1 +% nameresult := "" +% while namesleft > 0 +% do +% if (name_ptr = numnames) and +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others" +% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else nameresult := nameresult * +% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% nameptr := nameptr + 1 +% namesleft := namesleft - 1 +% od +% if numnames > 4 then +% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}" +% et.al.char.used := true +% else +% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}") +% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token +% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3) +% else +% nameresult := t +% fi +% fi +% return nameresult +% END +% +% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label +% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always +% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields, +% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part +% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any +% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly. +% +% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of +% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and +% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might +% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field +% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting). +% +% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which +% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or +% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty, +% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last +% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields +% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use +% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens. +% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed +% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user). +% +% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting. +% +% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from +% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s +% until after sorting. +% +% calc.label == +% BEGIN +% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then +% author.editor.key.label +% else if type$ = "proceedings" then +% editor.key.organization.label +% else if type$ = "manual" then +% author.key.organization.label +% else +% author.key.label +% fi fi fi +% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2) +% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label +% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits +% END + +#if LAB_ALPH + +INTEGERS { et.al.char.used } + +FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used} +{ #0 'et.al.char.used := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used} + +FUNCTION {format.lab.names} +{ 's := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #1 > + { numnames #4 > + { #3 'namesleft := } + { numnames 'namesleft := } + if$ + #1 'nameptr := + "" + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr numnames = + { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { "{\etalchar{+}}" * + #1 'et.al.char.used := + } + { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ + numnames #4 > + { "{\etalchar{+}}" * + #1 'et.al.char.used := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ + duplicate$ text.length$ #2 < + { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ +#if SORTED + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } +#else !SORTED % need warning here because we won't give it later + { "for label, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ + } +#endif SORTED + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ +#if SORTED + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } +#else !SORTED % need warning here because we won't give it later + { "for label, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ + } +#endif SORTED + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ +#if SORTED + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } +#else !SORTED % need warning here because we won't give it later + { "for label, need author, key, or organization in " cite$ * + warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ + } +#endif SORTED + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label} +{ editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { organization empty$ +#if SORTED + { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } +#else !SORTED % need warning here because we won't give it later + { "for label, need editor, key, or organization in " cite$ * + warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ + } +#endif SORTED + { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { key #3 text.prefix$ } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.label} +{ type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.key.organization.label + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.key.organization.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$ + * + 'label := + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ + * + sortify 'sort.label := +} + +% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation +% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a +% special pass to calculate labels when this happens. + +#if !SORTED + +ITERATE {calc.label} + +#endif !SORTED + +#endif LAB_ALPH + +% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry. +% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated +% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per" +% come before "brinch hansen per". +% +% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by +% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization +% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on +% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title +% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An "). +% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior. +% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank +% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves +% (except the von and last), three will separate the names, +% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic), +% and four will separate year from title. +% +% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in +% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated +% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same +% as format.names. + +#if SORTED + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ +#if NAME_FULL + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := +#else + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := +#endif NAME_FULL + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +% The sort.format.title function returns the argument, +% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed. +% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to +% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the +% organization field takes precedence here over the key field. For sorting +% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field. + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +% There is a limit, entry.max$, on the length of an entry string variable +% (which is what its sort.key$ is), so we take at most that many characters +% of the constructed key, and hope there aren't many references that match +% to that many characters! + +FUNCTION {presort} +#if LAB_ALPH +{ calc.label + sort.label + " " + * + type$ "book" = +#else !LAB_ALPH +{ type$ "book" = +#endif LAB_ALPH + type$ "inbook" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +#if LAB_ALPH + * +#endif LAB_ALPH + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +% And now we can sort + +SORT + +#endif SORTED + +% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted +% +% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's +% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward +% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass +% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there +% are 'b's). +% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. +% +% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string +% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer +% +% initialize.longest.label == +% BEGIN +% longest.label := "" +% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0) +% next.extra := "" +% longest.label.width := 0 +% last.extra.num := 0 +% END +% +% forward.pass == +% BEGIN +% if last.sort.label = sort.label then +% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1 +% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num) +% else +% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a") +% extra.label := "" +% last.sort.label := sort.label +% fi +% END +% +% reverse.pass == +% BEGIN +% if next.extra = "b" then +% extra.label := "a" +% fi +% label := label * extra.label +% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then +% longest.label := label +% longest.label.width := width$(label) +% fi +% next.extra := extra.label +% END + +#if LAB_ALPH + +#if SORTED + +STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra } + +INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'longest.label.width := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION {forward.pass} +{ last.sort.label sort.label = + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + sort.label 'last.sort.label := + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {reverse.pass} +{ next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label extra.label * 'label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +#else !SORTED + +% It still doesn't seem like a good idea to use an order-of-citation +% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but when this happens we +% must compute the longest label + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +#endif SORTED + +#else !LAB_ALPH + +% Now comes the computation for numeric labels. +% We use either the sorted order or original order. +% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use +% by the "thebibliography" environment. + +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +#endif LAB_ALPH + +% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file. +% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic +% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files. +% Then we give an incantation containing the command +% \begin{thebibliography}{...} +% where the `...' is the longest label. +% +% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines. + +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +#if LAB_ALPH +{ et.al.char.used + { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + preamble$ empty$ +#else !LAB_ALPH +{ preamble$ empty$ +#endif LAB_ALPH + 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +% Now we produce the output for all the entries + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command. + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} -- cgit v1.2.3